Download USER MANUAL, Ethernet MIS34

User Manual
MAC00-EC4/-EC41, MAC00-EI4/-EI41,
MAC00-EL4/-EL41, MAC00-EP4/-EP41,
MAC00-EM4/-EM41
&
MIS34x and MIS43x
(Setup and funktionality only. Some connector ID’s may differ)
Industrial Ethernet
for MAC & MIS Integrated Motors
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S
LB0056-20GB
Revised 21.5.2015
Important
User Information
!
Warning
!
The MAC and MIS series of products are used to control electrical
and mechanical components of motion control systems.
You should test your motion system for safety under all potential
conditions. Failure to do so can result in damage to equipment
and/or serious injury to personnel.
Please contact your nearest JVL representative in case of technical assistance. Your nearest contact can be found on our web site www.jvl.dk
Copyright 2010-2015, JVL Industri Elektronik A/S. All rights reserved.
This user manual must not be reproduced in any form without prior written
permission of JVL Industri Elektronik A/S.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S reserves the right to make changes to information contained in this manual without prior notice.
Similarly JVL Industri Elektronik A/S assumes no liability for printing errors
or other omissions or discrepancies in this user manual.
MacTalk and MotoWare are registered trademarks
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S
Bregnerødvej 127
DK-3460 Birkerød
Denmark
Tlf. +45 45 82 44 40
Fax. +45 45 82 55 50
e-mail: [email protected]
Internet: http://www.jvl.dk
CANopen®
Is a registered trademark of CAN in AUTOMATION - International Users and
Manufacturers Group e. V. (CiA), Nürnberg.
DeviceNet®
Is a trademark of ODVA (Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc).
EtherCAT®
Is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.
EtherNet/IP®
Is a trademark of ODVA (Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc).
Modbus TCP/IP®
Is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.
PROFINET IO®
Is a registered trademark of PROFIBUS International, Karlsruhe.
SERCOS interface® Is a registered trademark of SERCOS International e.V., Suessen, Germany.
Contents
1 Introduction .................................................................... 7
1.1 Introduction ...............................................................................8
1.2 Module types ..............................................................................9
2 General Hardware description ..................................... 13
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Hardware introduction ............................................................14
I/O descriptions ........................................................................15
Connector description .............................................................20
Cable accessories .....................................................................24
3 EtherCAT® Users Guide .............................................. 31
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Introduction to EtherCAT® ....................................................32
Protocol specifications .............................................................34
Commisioning ..........................................................................38
EtherCAT® objects .................................................................43
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile ....................................................51
Examples ..................................................................................68
4 EthernetIP® Users Guide ............................................. 73
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Introduction to EthernetIP .......................................................74
Using none cyclic messages ......................................................77
Using cyclic I/O-messages ........................................................82
Commissioning .........................................................................86
Implementation guidelines .......................................................93
Configuration with explicit messages .......................................96
Using and Selecting an Ethernet switch ...................................99
Examples ................................................................................100
ODVA Conformance Certificate ...........................................106
5 POWERLINK® Users Guide ....................................... 107
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
Introduction to POWERLINK® .............................................108
Protocol specifications ...........................................................111
Commissioning .......................................................................115
Ethernet POWERLINK objects ..............................................118
Network Management Services .............................................123
XML Device Description File .................................................124
Examples ................................................................................125
6 PROFINET® Users Guide .......................................... 131
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
Introduction to PROFINET IO ...............................................132
Commissioning .......................................................................134
PROFINET objects .................................................................140
Ethernet switch ......................................................................147
Examples ................................................................................148
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5
7 ModbusTCP/IP® Users Guide .................................... 153
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
Introduction to Modbus TCP/IP® ......................................... 154
Commissioning ...................................................................... 156
Register access ....................................................................... 164
Examples ................................................................................ 165
8 Module Registers ........................................................ 171
8.1 Register Overview ................................................................. 172
8.2 Register Descriptions. ............................................................ 173
9 Using MacTalk over Ethernet ..................................... 181
9.1 Using MacTalk over Ethernet ................................................ 182
9.2 Setting up the Ethernet at the PC .......................................... 183
9.3 Setting up MacTalk for Ethernet ............................................ 189
10 Examples common to all protocols ............................ 193
10.1Using module I/O in embedded RxP ..................................... 194
11 Appendix ..................................................................... 195
11.1Technical Data ....................................................................... 196
11.2Motor registers MAC050 - 141 ............................................. 200
11.3Motor registers MAC400 - 3000 ........................................... 209
11.4Motor registers MIS34x & 43x ............................................... 226
6
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
1
Introduction
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet expansion modules for MAC motors
7
1.1
Introduction
MAC family
Ethernet for servos
MIS family
Ethernet for steppers
TT3001-02GB
Industrial Ethernet is becoming more and more
popular as it offers
• Very fast response time
• Predictable delay times (deterministic protocol)
• Safe transmission of data
Compared with most of the “classic” non Ethernet based protocols the indstrial Ethernet offers
state of the art performance.
The MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41 and MIS34xxxxExxxxxx
Industrial Ethernet module can be configured by
the end user to a number of different Ethernet
protocols, for instance
• EtherCAT®
• EtherNetIP®
• Ethernet POWERLINK®
• PROFINET IO®
• Modbus TCP/IP®
• And more to come
Main Features:
• High speed communication - 100Mbits/sec.
• 2 individual ports on the module offers Daisy
chaining possibility.
• Standard M12 circular industrial connectors
• MAC00-Ex4: 1 Digital input (24V) and 1 digital output (24V) for local use around the
motor
• MAC00-Ex41: 4 Digital input (24V) and 2
digital outputs (24V) for local use around the
motor
• Multiple alternative I/O possibilities available
on request (OEM applications)
• LED’s for easy monitoring of operation status
• Optional encoder I/O
• Rough design
• Access to all internal motor parameters and
registers possible. No need of pre-setup of
the motor.
• RS232 connection available for monitoring
and setup use for the MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41
modules.
• RS485 connection available for monitoring
and setup use for the MISxxxxxxExxxx motor.
MAC800 users important: Please notice that only MAC800 motors with a serial number newer than
85000 is compatible with the Ethernet modules MAC00-Exx.
8
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet expansion modules for MAC motors
1.2
1.2.1
Module types
Module types (Only applicable for MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41)
The MacMotor Ethernet modules are available for several Ethernet protocols.
The module used for each protocol has its own unique type number, but is based on the
exactly same hardware.
A neutral module where no protocol is installed however also exist.
• Neutral module - no protocol installed.
MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41 is a neutral module not setup-up for any particular protocol. The
final user can setup it up for any of the available protocols just by using the general
MacTalk windows software.
The visible LED marking, labels etc. only states that its a neutral MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41
module.
• Pre-loaded module - a specific protocol has been installed.
The modules MAC00-EC4/-EC41 (EtherCAT), MAC00-EI4/-EI41 (EtherNetIP), and
MAC00-EL4/-EL41 (POWERLINK), MAC00-EP (Profinet), MAC00-EM (Modbus
TCP) are setup at delivery with the relevant protocol and also the right LED marking.
The final user can setup it up for any of the available protocols just by using the general MacTalk windows software.
The visible LED marking, and type number is unique for each module type.
All modules (when not delivered mounted in a MacMotor) is followed by a little label
sheet containing labels for all the available standards and standards to come.
The overall idea is that any module can be changed to another protocol if desired, the
modules can stay neutral when it passes the distribution channel and be setup by the enduser simplifying the logistics.
MAC800 users important:
Please notice that only MAC800 motors with a serial number newer than 85000 is compatible with the Ethernet modules MAC00-Exx.
1.2.2
How to change the protocol type
Only 2 steps are needed in this process.
1.
2.
Install the intended protocol firmware in the module.
Apply or changing the label with LED marking and type number of the module.
The firmware can be setup as follows
(see next page)
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet expansion modules for MAC motors
9
1.2
Module types
How to setup the module for a different/new protocol
Step 1
Determine which Ethernet protocol you want to use.
Have in mind that your Ethernet module may
already be setup for a protocol.
! When changing protocol the module
factory defaults are restored.
Step 2
As shown the module is setup as a module with
the Ethernet Powerlink protocol.
Choose the Update Firmware in the Updates
menu to setup the module with another protocol.
Step 3
Make sure that the checkbox “Show all files”
is checked.
Select the desired firmware such as EtherNet-IP.
Note that there may exist more than one
version. Choose the newest version.
Press Start to download the selected firmware.
The status counter will now rise from 0
to 100%.
Step 4
When the download process is finished, the status
shows “Done”.
Also “Current version” has changed to the actual
downloaded version meaning that the firmware in
the module is now changed permanently.
Step 5
The module tab has now changed from
Powerlink (EL) to EthernetIP (EI).
Step 6
The firmware version, MAC address etc.
can be monitored on the module tab.
TT3039-02GB
10
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet expansion modules for MAC motors
1.2
Module types
Only MAC
Changing the label and typenumber (only MAC products)
This illustration show how to apply the appropriate label in order to change the LED
texts and also give the module its unique typenumber after the protocol firmware is loaded.
Sheet with type labels
for each Ethernet protocol
Peel off the relevant label from the sheet.
and place it in this area.
The existing typenumber and LED texts
will thereby be overwritten/replaced.
TT3040GB
Changing the label and typenumber (only MIS products)
No changes need to be done at the MIS motors. The LED at the rear is universal.
Typenumber overview for MAC and MIS:
MAC Type
MIS Type
Ethernet Protocol
MAC00-EC4/-EC41
MIS34xxxxECxxxxx
EtherCAT
MAC00-EI4/-EI41
MIS34xxxxEIxxxxx
EtherNET / IP
MAC00-EL4/-EL41
MIS34xxxxELxxxxx
EtherNet POWERLINK
MAC00-EM4/-EM41
MIS34xxxxEMxxxxx
Modbus TCP
MAC00-EP4/-EP41
MIS34xxxxEPxxxxx
Profinet IO
MAC00-ES4/-ES41
MIS34xxxxESxxxxx
Sercos III *
* Not available - contact JVL for further details.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet expansion modules for MAC motors
11
12
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet expansion modules for MAC motors
2
General Hardware description
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
Only MAC
13
14
Secondary
EtherNet
Interface
M12 female
connector
“L/A OUT”
Primary
EtherNet
Interface
M12 female
connector
“L/A IN”
“I/O”
5
1
1
7
6
1
8
4
4
5
2
2
2
3
3
4
3
Digital inputs and outputs
Voltage range 5-28 (32)V
P-
3
4
1
O1
IO-
IN1
O+
Rx
Tx
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
Isolation zone 4
4 Inputs
incl
8Mb RAM
4Mb Flash
Control
core
Each isolation zone do not have galvanic contact with any other circuitry.
See note1
2 Outputs
See note1
See note1
4
3
4
A1/B1
Fx4
Fx1-3
IO1-4
O1
O2
RX
TX
GND
A2/B2
AIN1
AIN2
GND
5V
P+
P-
TT3003GB
Multifunction I/O1
(setup as “serial data”)
High speed sync. 0/1
Internal COM
Optional I/O use
Status outputs
Asynchronous
interface (5V)
Multifunction I/O2
AIN1=Zero search input
±10V nom. or up to 32V
Analogue inputs
(processor and encoder)
Internal power supply
Power supply
(MAC400 or 800)
Basic MAC motor
Hardware introduction
Tx1N
Tx1P
Rx1N
Rx1P
Isolation zone 3
Tx0N
Tx0P
Rx0N
Rx0P
Optocoupler
RS232
serial interface
See note1
Power supply for the module
Note1: These signals are internally avilable. Custom hardware can be made
for OEM appl. with other connectors in order to make the signals available.
Contact your JVL representative for more information.
Isolation zone 2
CVI
P+
MAC00-Ex4 expansion module
2.1.1
2
Power supply
MAC400/800: +24V
“PWR”
2.1
Only MAC
Overall hardware description
All internal and external main connections can be seen in the illustration below.
2.2
2.2.1
I/O descriptions
Only MAC
Hardware overview
Expansion module MAC00-Ex4 and Ex41 front plate
Neutral module for all the Ethernet protocols
(MAC00-Ex4 shown)
Module status indicators.
L/A IN
Primary Ethernet
channel M12 - 4pin
female (D-coded)
and LED for showing
activity.
L/A OUT
Secondary Ethernet
channel M12 - 4pin
female Ethernet coded
(D coded) Used when
module is daisy chained
2.2.2
PWR
Power supply connector
M12 - 5pin male and
Green LED for indicating
power applied
I/O
I/O’s and RS232 interface
MAC00-Ex4 (basic version)
M12 - 8pin female
1 digital input and 1 digital
output, 1 analogue input
MAC00-Ex41 (ext. verison)
M12 - 17pin female
4 digital inputs and 2 digital
outputs, 2 analogue input
2 RS485 channels
MAC Address
Serial number
Each module is having its own
TT3038-01GB
unique MAC address used
to identify it on the Ethernet
network. The MAC address can also be read electronically
Eeach module have its own
unique serial number which
can be used for determine
hardware version etc.
External signals available at the MAC00-Ex4 and Ex41.
Following signals are available.
• “L/A IN” and L/A OUT” connector.
- The Ethernet connection. L/A IN is connected to the upstream master and L/A
OUT can be used downstream for the next motors/units in the chain.
• “I/O” connector.
- AIN1 - analogue input +/-10V.
Can be used as input for the zero search sensor or as general analog input for
speed or torque control depending on the what the actual operation mode in the
motor has been setup for.
MAC00-Ex41 offers a second analogue input AIN2. Function similar to AIN1.
Please notice that AIN2 is not available if mounted in a MAC050-MAC141.
-
O1 - user output 1
Can be used as or as general output control able over the Ethernet interface.
MAC00-Ex41 offers a second digital output (O2). Function similar to O2.
-
RS232 Interface.
Serial unbalanced interface for connection to a PC or a controller. The protocol
is similar to the USB or RS485 interface, which means that all registers/parameters in the motor can be monitored or changed. RS232 is not recommended for
long distances (>10m).
-
IN1 - User input 1.
Can be used as general input which can be read over the Ethernet interface.
MAC00-Ex41 offers in total 4 digital inputs (IN1, IN2, IN3 and IN4).
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
15
2.2
I/O descriptions
-
I/O supply and gnd (IO- and O+).
Used as ground and supply for the user in/output (O1 and IN1).
-
2 RS485 Multifunction I/O channels
Only available at the MAC00-Ex41. Can be used for encoder input, full duplex
serial communication, encoder output etc.
Please notice that no multifunction I/O’s are available if mounted in a MAC050MAC141.
• “PWR” connector.
- 24V supply for the internal control circuitry in the motor.
16
Only MAC
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
Only MAC
General power supply description
The Ethernet modules can be used in the allmost all the MAC motors but please be
aware that to use the MAC50 to 141 they will need the special option : “A009” for example “MAC140-A1-AAAA-A009”
. The diagram below shows how to connect power to a MAC400 motor mounted with
a MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41 module. Please notice that the voltage connected to P+ and/or CVI
must stay in the range +12-26VDC. When using a MAC50 to 141 up to 48VDC is allowed.
See also the general power supply description in the MAC motor main manual LB0047.
For further information concerning physical connections, see the Expansion module
MAC00-Ex4 (basis version) connector description, page 20.
Power supply connections to a MAC400
mounted with a MAC00-Ex4 module.
Power supply
(control voltage)
Make sure that all
involved units are
connected to the same
potential
+12-26VDC
2.2.3
I/O descriptions
GND
2.2
MAC400 Motor
with MAC00-Ex4
Power
Supply
Control Volt.
P+
PCVI
Main supply
It is recommended
that a separate supply
line is used for each motor.
Max. 26VDC !
Mains 115 or 230VAC
MAC400 Motor
with MAC00-Ex4
Power
Supply
Control Volt.
P+
PCVI
Main supply
Max. 26VDC !
Mains 115 or 230VAC
TT3011GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
17
2.2
I/O descriptions
Only MAC
Analogue input connection at the MAC motor
mounted with a MAC00-Ex4 or Ex41 module.
Connected to a external controller
Position or
velocity
controller
MAC motor
+MAC00-Ex4
or MAC00-Ex41
±10V out
Ground
Make sure that all
involved units are
connected to the same
potential
AIN1 (analogue input)
GND (ground)
AIN2 (only MAC00-Ex41)
Screen
Note ! : screen only
connected to signal source.
Connected to a potentiometer
If only 24V supply is available
insert a 2.7k resistor here.
Power supply
10VDC
Screen
2kOhm potentiometer
(JVL typeno. “POT2K”)
Note ! : screen only
connected to signal source.
MAC motor
+MAC00-Ex4
or MAC00-Ex41
Make sure that all
involved units are
connected to the same
potential
AIN1 (analogue input)
GND (ground)
AIN2 (only MAC00-Ex41)
This example only covers 0-10V but other configurations do of course also exist, such as 0-5V or +/-10V.
Connected to a zero search switch
Zero search switch
Power supply
10-32VDC
MAC motor
+MAC00-Ex4
or MAC00-Ex41
Make sure that all
involved units are
connected to the same
potential
AIN1 (analogue input)
GND (ground)
AIN2 (only MAC00-Ex41)
TT3012-02GB
Note: Do not apply voltages higher than 32V to the analogue input (AIN)
2.2.4
18
Using the analogue input 1 and 2 (AIN1 and AIN2).
When a MAC00-Ex4 or MAC00-Ex41 module is mounted in the MAC motor, the analogue input(s) is available in the same manner as in the basic motor itself.
The analogue input(s) can be used for several applications and the function of the analogue input is determined by the mode in which the motor is set to operate.
Typically the input(s) is used for controlling the velocity, torque or position of the motor
but the input is also used as digital input for zero search or in “Air Cylinder Mode” where
it is used as trigger input for the movement done by the motor.
For further information concerning physical connections, see the Expansion module
MAC00-Ex4 (basis version) connector description, page 20.
Please notice that analogue input 2 (AIN2) is only available at MAC00-Ex41. Please notice that AIN2 is not available if mounted in a MAC050-MAC141.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
Only MAC
1 Only one motor can be
connected at the interface
line.
2 Use screened cable.
3 Ensure that GND (interface
ground) is also connected.
4 Ensure that all units have a
proper connection to safety
ground (earth) in order to
refer to the same potential.
5 The RS232 interface cable
length should not exceed 10
metres.
GND
When connecting the RS232
interface to a PC or controller, the following rules must
be followed:
+12-32VDC
RS232 - General description.
The RS232 interface is considRS232 connection between a PC or central controller
ered the main interface to the
motor when the motor is set
to MAC400 with a MAC00-Ex4 module.
up using the MacTalk winCentral
Make sure that all
Power supply
dows software from a PC or
involved units are
Controller
connected to the same
from any kind of controller us(for example a PC)
potential
ing a RS232 interface.
Opto isolation *
Tx
Rx
IGND
2.2.5
I/O descriptions
Screen connected
to GND in each end
Screen
2.2
MAC400 Motor
with MAC00-Ex4
Rx
RS232
Tx
Interface
IGND Power P+
Supply P-
Max. 32VDC !
Contr. Voltage CVI
Main supply
Mains 230VAC
* Opto isolation is recommended if connection is permanent.
TT3013GB
Connectors:
To see the specific connector pin-out please see the chapter Expansion module MAC00Ex4 (basis version) connector description, page 20 or Expansion module MAC00-Ex41 (extended IO) connector description, page 22
A finished RS232 cable also exist. Please see Cables for the MAC00-Ex4 (basic version),
page 24 or Cables for the MAC00-Ex41 (extended I/O version), page 25
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
19
2.3
Connector description
Only MAC
Expansion module MAC00-Ex4 front plate
L/A IN
PWR
Primary Ethernet
channel
M12 - 4pin female
Ethernet coded
(D coded)
Power supply
M12 - 5pin male
connector including:
P+ (primary supply), and CVI
(secondary supply) and P-
L/A OUT
Secondary Ethernet
channel
M12 - 4pin female
Ethernet coded
(D coded)
Used when module
is daisy chained
2.3.1
I/O
I/O’s and RS232 interface
M12 - 8pin female
connector including:
1 digital input and 1 digital
output, 1 analogue input
TT3002GB
Expansion module MAC00-Ex4 (basis version) connector description
The MAC00-Ex4 offers IP65 protection and M12 connectors which makes it ideal for automation applications where no additional protection is desired. The M12 connectors offer solid mechanical protection and are easy to unplug.
The connector layout:
“PWR” - Power input. M12 - 5pin male connector
Signal name
Description
Pin no.
JVL Cable
WI1000M12F5T05N
P+
Main supply - Connect with pin 2 *
When installed in MAC050 to 141 = 12-48VDC
When installed in MAC400-3000 = 18-30VDC
1
Brown
1
P+
Main supply - Connect with pin 1 *
2
White
1
P-
Main supply ground. Connect with pin 5 *
3
Blue
1
CVI
Control supply nominal +12-48VDC.
DO NOT connect >50V to this terminal !
A small leakage current may exist on this pin if
not used.
Connect this terminal to ground if not used.
4
Black
1
P-
Main supply ground. Connect with pin 3 *
5
Grey
1
Isolation
group
* Note: P+ and P- are each available at 2 terminals. Make sure that both terminals are connected in order to
split the supply current in 2 terminals and thereby avoid an overload of the connector.
(Continued next page)
20
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
2.3
Connector description
Only MAC
(MAC00-Ex4 continued)
“I/O” - I/O’s and interface. M12 - 8pin female connector.
Signal name
Description
Pin no.
JVL Cable
WI1000-M12
M8T05N
Isolation
group
(See note)
O1
Output 1 - PNP/Sourcing output
1
White
2
RS232: TX
RS232 interface. Transmit terminal
Leave open if unused.
2
Brown
1
RS232: RX
RS232 interface. Receive terminal
Leave open if unused.
3
Green
1
GND
Interface ground to be used together with the
other signals in this connector. Also ground for
the analogue input (AIN1 - pin 5)
4
Yellow
1
AIN1
Analogue input1 ±10V or used for zero search
5
Grey
1
IN1
Digital input 1 - 12-32V tolerant.
6
Pink
2
IO-
I/O ground to be used with the I/O terminals O1
and IN1.
7
Blue
2
O+
Positive supply input to the output circuitry.
Connect 5-32VDC to this terminal if using the O1 8
output.
Red
2
“L/A IN” - Ethernet port connector - M12 - 4pin female connector “D” coded
Signal name
Description
Pin no.
JVL Cable
WI1046M12M4S05R
Isolation
group
(See note)
Tx0_P
Ethernet Transmit channel 0 - positive terminal
1
Brown/White
3
Rx0_P
Ethernet Receive channel 0 - positive terminal
2
Blue/White
3
Tx0_N
Ethernet Transmit channel 0 - negative terminal 3
Brown
3
Rx0_N
Ethernet Receive channel 0 - negative terminal
4
Blue
3
Shield
Outside shield connected to connector housing
Housing
Shield
1
“L/A OUT” - Ethernet port connector. M12 - 4 pin female connector “D” coded
Signal name
Description
Pin no.
JVL Cable
WI1046M12M4S05R
Isolation
group
(see note)
Tx1_P
Ethernet Transmit channel 1 - positive terminal
1
Brown/White
4
Rx1_P
Ethernet Receive channel 1 - positive terminal
2
Blue/White
4
Tx1_N
Ethernet Transmit channel 1 - negative terminal 3
Brown
4
Rx1_N
Ethernet Receive channel 1 - negative terminal
4
Blue
4
Shield
Outside shield connected to connector housing
Housing
Shield
1
* Note: Isolation group indicate which terminals/circuits that a galvanic connected to each other. In other
words group 1, 2, 3 and 4 are all fully independently isolated from each other. Group 1 correspond to the housing of the motor which may also be connected to earth via the DC or AC input supply.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
21
2.3
Connector description
Only MAC
Expansion module MAC00-Ex41 front plate
Extended I/O connections (MAC00-EC41 shown)
L/A IN
PWR
Primary Ethernet
channel
M12 - 4pin female
Ethernet coded
(D coded)
Power supply
M12 - 5pin male
connector including:
P+ (primary supply), and CVI
(secondary supply) and P-
L/A OUT
I/O
Secondary Ethernet
channel
M12 - 4pin female
Ethernet coded
(D coded)
Used when module
is daisy chained
2.3.2
TT3087-01GB
I/O’s and RS232 interface
M12 - 17pin female
connector includes:
4 digital inputs and 2 digital
outputs, 2 analogue inputs
2 RS485 multifunction channels
Expansion module MAC00-Ex41 (extended IO) connector description
The MAC00-Ex41 offers IP65 protection and M12 connectors which makes it ideal for
automation applications where no additional protection is desired. The M12 connectors
offer solid mechanical protection and are easy to unplug.
The connector layout:
“PWR” - Power input. M12 - 5pin male connector
Signal name
Description
Pin no.
JVL Cable
WI1000M12F5T05N
P+
Main supply - Connect with pin 2 *
When installed in MAC050 to 141 = 12-48VDC
When installed in MAC400-3000 = 18-30VDC
1
Brown
1
P+
Main supply - Connect with pin 1 *
2
White
1
P-
Main supply ground. Connect with pin 5 *
3
Blue
1
CVI
Control supply nominal +12-48VDC.
DO NOT connect >50V to this terminal !
4
Black
1
P-
Main supply ground. Connect with pin 3 *
5
Grey
1
Isolation
group
* Note: P+ and P- are each available at 2 terminals. Make sure that both terminals are connected in order to
split the supply current in 2 terminals and thereby avoid an overload of the connector.
(Continued next page)
22
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
2.3
Connector description
Only MAC
(MAC00-Ex41 continued)
“I/O” - I/O’s and interface. M12 - 17pin female connector.
Signal name
Description
Pin no.
JVL Cable
WI1009M12
M17TxxN
IN1
Input channel 1. Can be used as digital input
1
Brown
2
GND
Ground intended to be used toghether with the
other signals related to isolation group 1 in this
connector
2
Blue
1
IN2
Input channel 2. Can be used as digital input
3
White
2
IN3
Input channel 3. Can be used as digital input
4
Green
2
B2- **
RS485 Multifunction I/O terminal B2-
5
Pink
1
IN4
Input channel 4. Can be used as digital input
6
Yellow
2
A2- **
RS485 Multifunction I/O terminal A2-
7
Black
1
B2+ **
RS485 Multifunction I/O terminal B2+
8
Grey
1
OUT+
Output 1 and 2 supply input.
DO NOT connect >30V to this terminal !
9
Red
2
A2+ **
RS485 Multifunction I/O terminal A2+
10
Violet
1
O1
Output 1. Can be used as digital output
11
Grey/pink
2
O2
Output 2. Can be used as digital output
12
Red/blue
2
AIN1
Analog input 1.
Can be used as analog input ±10V.
13
White/Green
1
AIN2
Analog input 2.
Can be used as analog input ±10V.
14
Brown/Green
1
RS232: RX
RS232 interface. Receive terminal
Leave open if unused.
15
White/Yellow
1
Ground for IN1-4 and O1 and 2. Please notice
that this terminal is normally isolated from the
main ground and belongs to isolation group 2
16
Yellow/brown
2
RS232 interface. Transmit terminal
Leave open if unused.
17
White/grey
1
IO-
RS232: TX
Isolation
group
(see note)
“L/A IN” - Ethernet port connector - M12 - 4pin female connector “D” coded
Signal name
Description
Pin no.
JVL Cable
WI1046M12M4S05R
Isolation
group
(See note)
Tx0_P
Ethernet Transmit channel 0 - positive terminal
1
Brown/White
3
Rx0_P
Ethernet Receive channel 0 - positive terminal
2
Blue/White
3
Tx0_N
Ethernet Transmit channel 0 - negative terminal 3
Brown
3
Rx0_N
Ethernet Receive channel 0 - negative terminal
4
Blue
3
Shield
Outside shield connected to connector housing
Housing
Shield
1
“L/A OUT” - Ethernet port connector. M12 - 4 pin female connector “D” coded
Signal name
Description
Pin no.
JVL Cable
WI1046M12M4S05R
Isolation
group
(see note)
Tx1_P
Ethernet Transmit channel 1 - positive terminal
1
Brown/White
4
Rx1_P
Ethernet Receive channel 1 - positive terminal
2
Blue/White
4
Tx1_N
Ethernet Transmit channel 1 - negative terminal 3
Brown
4
Rx1_N
Ethernet Receive channel 1 - negative terminal
4
Blue
4
Shield
Outside shield connected to connector housing
Housing
Shield
1
* Note: Isolation group indicate which terminals/circuits that a galvanic connected to each other. In other
words group 1, 2, 3 and 4 are all fully independently isolated from each other. Group 1 correspond to the
housing of the motor which may also be connected to earth via the DC or AC input supply.
** No connection when module is mounted in a MAC050-MAC141.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
23
2.4
Cable accessories
2.4.1
Only MAC
Cables for the MAC00-Ex4 (basic version)
The following cables equipped with M12 connector can be supplied by JVL.
MAC00-Ex4 Connectors
Description
JVL Order no.
X
RS232 Interface cable. Connects
directly from MAC00-Ex4 to a PC
Length: 5m (197 inch)
RS232-M12-1-5-8
X
Cable with M12 male 8-pin
connector loose wire ends
0.22mm² (24AWG) and screen.
Length: 5m (197 inch)
WI1000-M12M8T05N
X
Same as above but 20m (787 inch)
WI1000-M12M8T20N
X
Cable (Ø5.5mm) with M12 female
5-pin connector loose wire ends
0.35mm² (22AWG) and foil screen.
Length: 5m (197 inch)
WI1000-M12F5T05N
X
Same as above but 20m (787 inch)
WI1000-M12F5T20N
“L/A IN” “L/A OUT” “I/O”
4pin
4pin
8pin
male
Female
Female
Picture
“PWR”
5pin
Male
X
X
Ethernet cable with M12 female 4pin D
coded straight connector, and RJ45
connector (fits into std. Ethernetport)
WI1046-M12M4S05NRJ45
X
X
Ethernet cable with M12 female 4pin D
coded straight connector, loose ends.
WI1046-M12M4S05R
X
X
Same as above but 15m (590 inch)
WI1046-M12M4S15R
Protection caps. Optional if connector is not used to protect from dust / liquids.
X
X
X
X
IP67 protection cap for M12
female connector.
WI1000-M12FCAP1
IP67 protection cap for M12
male connector.
WI1000-M12MCAP1
Important: Please note that the cables are a standard type. They are not recommended for use in cable chains or where the cable is repeatedly bent. If this is required, use a special robot cable (2D or 3D
cable).
24
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
2.4
Cable accessories
2.4.2
Cables for the MAC00-Ex41 (extended I/O version)
The following cables equipped with M12 connector can be supplied by JVL.
MAC00-Ex41 Connectors Description
“L/A IN” “L/A OUT” “I/O”
4pin
4pin
17pin
male
Female
Female
JVL Order no.
Only MAC
Picture
“PWR”
5pin
Male
RS232 Interface cable. Connects
directly from MAC00-Ex4 to a PC
Length: 5m (197 inch)
IMPORTANT: Only valid if PA0190 is
used as adapter.
RS232-M12-1-5-8
X
Cable with M12 male 17-pin
connector loose wire ends
0.22mm² (24AWG) and screen.
Length: 5m (197 inch)
WI1009-M12M17T05N
X
Same as above but 20m (787 inch)
WI1009-M12M17T20N
X
Cable (Ø5.5mm) with M12 female
5-pin connector loose wire ends
0.35mm² (22AWG) and foil screen.
Length: 5m (197 inch)
WI1000-M12F5T05N
X
Same as above but 20m (787 inch)
WI1000-M12F5T20N
(X)
X
X
Ethernet cable with M12 female 4pin D
coded straight connector, and RJ45
connector (fits into std. Ethernetport)
WI1046-M12M4S05NRJ45
X
X
Ethernet cable with M12 female 4pin D
coded straight connector, loose ends.
WI1046-M12M4S05R
X
X
Same as above but 15m (590 inch)
WI1046-M12M4S15R
36.0mm [1.42 inch]
54.0mm [2.126 inch]
Junction box for splitting the 17 pin I/O
connector into 4 independant connectors. Include also 9 LED’s for monito- PA0190
ring the I/O status and communication.
Cable length: 0,5m (20 inch)
X
= Mounting holes
0
5.0mm
[0.197inch]
2x
Ø4x8mm
[Ø0.16x0.32inch]
2x
Ø4/8mm
[Ø0.16/0.32inch]
77.0mm
[3.031inch]
112.0mm
[4.409inch]
TT3088-01GB
118.0mm
[4.646inch]
Protection caps. Optional if connector is not used to protect from dust / liquids.
X
X
X
X
IP67 protection cap for M12
female connector.
WI1000-M12FCAP1
IP67 protection cap for M12
male connector.
WI1000-M12MCAP1
Important: Please note that the cables are a standard type. They are not recommended for use in cable chains or where the cable is repeatedly bent. If this is required, use a special robot cable (2D or 3D
cable).
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
25
2.4
Cable accessories
Only MAC
Below can be found drawings of the most typical cables used with the Ethernet modules.
2.4.3
Drawing WI1000-M12F5T05N
Cable for connecting power
M12, 5 pin female connector
J1
Type: WI1000-M12F5T05N
Length = 5 m
Text printed on green tube
3
2
4
5
1
View from front
Signal name
Color
Pin no. J1
Housing
Screen
Brown
White
P+
P+
Blue
P-
2
3
Black
(OptioNs)
4
Grey
P-
5
1
LT0233-10
WI1000-M12F5T05N
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S
Blokken 42 DK-3460 Birkerød
Tel: +45 4582 4440
Fax: +45 4582 5550
2.4.4
M12 shl cable 5 m 5 pin Fem 0°
Power
Version - 1.0
Date: 04-07-13
Approved by:
- BVJ
Drawn by:
PCR
Drawing WI1046-M12M4S05NRJ45
Cable that connects the Ethernet from M12 to RJ45 connectors
M12, 4 pin male
connector Ethernet
D-Coded
J1
Connector type RJ45
with internal metal
housing/shield
J2
Pin 1
Type: WI1046-M12M4S05NRJ45
Pin 8
Length = 5 m
Text printed on green tube
Pin1: Brown/White
Pin1: Brown/White
Pin 2: Blue/White
Pin 2: Brown
Alternative colors exist
Please see table below.
Alternative colors exist
Please see table below.
Pin 3: Brown
Pin 3: Blue/White
Flex
Pin 4: Blue
Pin 6: Blue
Cable data : Twisted with screen SFTP 24AWGx2 +AEB.
Housing
Housing
Please notice !: 2 versions of the cable type exist:
Type 1: This is the standard cable normally stocked
Type 2: This is the alternative cable normally not stocked
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Color (Type 1 standard) Color (Type 2 Alt.) Signal name Pin no. J1 Pin no. J2
1
1
Brown/White
Orange/White
Tx+
2
Brown
Orange
Tx3
Blue/White
Green/White
Rx+
2
Blue
Green
Rx-
4
3
6
Screen
Screen
GND
House
House
LT0179-12
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S
Blokken 42 • DK-3460 Birkerød
Tel: +45 4582 4440
Fax: +45 4582 5550
26
WI1046-M12M4S05NRJ45
M12 shl cable 4 pin male 5m
Ethernet D-Coded RJ45
Version - 1.2
Date: 8-7-13
Approved by:
- BVJ
Drawn by:
PCR/BVJ
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
2.4
2.4.5
Cable accessories
Only MAC
Drawing RS232-M12-1-5-8
Cable that connects the RS232 from M12 to DSUB connectors.
RS232 communication cable for MAC expansion modules
DSUB Connector.
Female 9pin.
M12, 8 pin male connector
J1
Ø6±0.2mm
J2
Cable, Black PVC, UL 24 AWG, 8 core screened.
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
5 metre
J1
Cable
Pin no.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Max.
15.6mm
Finger screws (2 pcs)
Color
Pin no.
White
Brown
2
Green
3
5
Yellow
Grey
Pink
Blue
Red
Not connected Screen
Housing
J1 The wires White, Grey, Pink, Blue and Red
are not connected and must be insulated
J2 Pin 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 must be left open
LT0082-11
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S
Blokken 42 • DK-3460 Birkerød
Tel: +45 4582 4440
Fax: +45 4582 5550
2.4.6
J2
RS232-M12-1-5-8
Version - 1.1 Date: 27-9-06
Interface cable
M12 to DSUB
Approved by:
BVJ - 1.1
Drawn by:
JVJ
Drawing and description of PA0190
Junction box that splits the connects the signals in the MAC00-Ex41 “I/O” connector
into 4 individual connectors giving an easy and more flexible installation.
Usage hints: The LED's will only work with MIS or MAC motors where the OUT+ and
IO- is supplied from the Ethernet module. See also the I/O description for the module.
If a cable is connected to the “BYPASS” then the Communication pins and GND must be
properly connected to valid signals (pins 2,15,17). AND “COM” must not be used. In
other words use EITHER the “BYPASS” OR the “COM” connector. Not both.
36.0mm [1.42 inch]
54.0mm [2.126 inch]
= Mounting holes
0
5.0mm
[0.197inch]
2x
Ø4x8mm
[Ø0.16x0.32inch]
2x
Ø4/8mm
[Ø0.16/0.32inch]
77.0mm
[3.031inch]
112.0mm
[4.409inch]
TT3088-01GB
118.0mm
[4.646inch]
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
27
2.4
Cable accessories
Only MAC
Terminal and LED description of the PA0190 Junction box.
«COM»
Cable from Module
«BYPASS»
8 pin Female
with 17 pin Male connector
17 pin Female
1
2
2
1
12
8
3
3
7
6
Pin no.
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 4
Pin 5
Pin 6
Pin 7
Pin 8
Body
4
13
5
4
5
Func.
IN4
TX
RX
GND
RX
TX
AIN1
AIN2
GND
Color*
White
Brown
Green
Yellow
Grey
Pink
Blue
Red
-
«IO2»
14
The screen is
connected to
«GND»
(ground)
6
17
8
15
7
COM
11
10
16
9
Signals
and colors
like the
«BYPASS»
cable
ASS
BYP
IO2
8 pin Male
11
10
16
9
IO1
1
2
8
3
7
4
5
Pin no.
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 4
Pin 5
Pin 6
Pin 7
Pin 8
Body
Funct.
IN4
AIN1
AIN2
IOO2
O1
GND
O+
GND
12
3
17
8
15 7
Pin no.
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 4
Pin 5
Pin 6
Pin 7
Pin 8
Pin 9
Pin 10
Pin 11
Pin 12
Pin 13
Pin 14
Pin 15
Pin 16
Pin 17
Body
6 14
4
13
5
Funct.
IN1
GND
IN2
IN3
B2IN4
A2B2+
O+
A2+
O1
O2
AIN1
AIN2
RX
IOTX
GND
Color*
Brown
Blue
White
Green
Pink
Yellow
Black
Grey
Red
Violet
GY/PK
RD/BU
WH/GN
BN/GN
WH/YE
YE/BN
WH/GY
-
6
«IO1»
Color*
White
Brown
Green
Yellow
Grey
Pink
Blue
Red
-
8 pin Male
COM
8
3
7
4
5
POWER is lit if terminal
«OUT+» is supplied
RX is lit if data is received at the RS232 line.
O1 is lit if output 1
is activated
TX is lit if data is transmitted at the RS232 line.
O2 is lit if output 2
is activated
IO2
1
2
LED explanations
28
2
1
IO1
IN3 is lit if input 3
is activated.
IN1 is lit if input 1
is activated
IN4 is lit if input 4
is activated.
IN2 is lit if input 2
is activated
Text in NON-inverse must
be used when PA0190 is
used with the MAC00-Ex41
Ethernet modules.
Text in inverse is NOT
relevant when PA0190
is used with the
MAC00-Ex41 Ethernet
modules.
Pin no.
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 4
Pin 5
Pin 6
Pin 7
Pin 8
Body
Funct.
IN1
IN2
IN3
IOO2
O1
GND
O+
GND
6
Color*
White
Brown
Green
Yellow
Grey
Pink
Blue
Red
TT3089-01GB
* Notes.
Colors shown are based on
the JVL standard cables type:
COM connection 8 Pin Male
cable WI1000-M12M8TxxN
BYPASS connect. 17 Pin Male
cable WI1009-M12M17TxxN
IO1 connection 8 Pin Female
cable WI1000-M12F8TxxN
IO2 connection 8 Pin Female
cable WI1000-M12F8TxxN
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
2.4
Cable accessories
Only MAC
Diagram of the internal details in the PA0190 Junction Box.
TT3090-01GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
29
30
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3
EtherCAT® Users Guide
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
31
3.1
Introduction to EtherCAT®
MAC EtherCAT® Module
Type:
MAC00-EC4 (shown) or
MAC00-EC41 (extended I/O)
To be used in following servo products:
MAC50, 095, 140 and 141
MAC400 and MAC402
MAC800
MAC1500 and MAC3000
MIS EtherCAT® motors.
Type:
MIS34xxxECxx85 or
MIS43xxxECxx85
To be used in following stepper products:
- Integrated from factory
TT3041-02GB
3.1.1
Intro to EtherCAT®.
EtherCAT® is a Real Time Ethernet technology which aims to maximize the use of the
100 Mbit, full duplex Ethernet bandwidth. It overcomes the overhead normally associated with Ethernet by employing "on the fly" processing hardware.
An EtherCAT® net consists of a master system and up to 65535 slave devices, connected together with standard Ethernet cabling.
The slave devices process the incoming Ethernet frames directly, extract or insert relevant data and transfer the frame to the next slave device, with a delay of approx. 4µs.
The last slave device in the bus segment sends the processed frame back, so that it is returned by the first slave to the master as a kind of response frame.
There are several protocols that can be used as the application layer. In the CANopen
over EtherCAT® (CoE) technology, the CANopen protocol is applied to EtherCAT®.
CANopen defines Service Data Objects (SDO), Process Data Objects (PDO) and the
Object Dictionary structure to manage the parameters. Further information about EtherCAT®, is available from the EtherCAT® technology group http://www.ethercat.org.
32
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.1
3.1.2
Introduction to EtherCAT®
Abbreviations
Following general used terms are usefull to know before reading the following chapters.
100Base-Tx
CAN
CANopen
CoE
DC
EMCY
EoE
ESI
ESC
ETG
EtherCAT®
IP
MAC
PDO
SDO
SII
XML
100 MBit Ethernet on twisted pairs
Controller Area Network
Application layer protocol used in automation.
CANopen over EtherCAT®.
Distributed Clock
Emergency Object.
Ethernet over EtherCAT®.
EtherCAT® Slave Information
EtherCAT® Slave Controller
EtherCAT® Technology Group
Ethernet Control Automation Technologie
Internet Protocol - IP address ~ the logical address of the device, which is
user configurable (not used in EtherCAT®).
Media Access Controller - MAC address ~ the hardware address of the
device (not used in EtherCAT®)
Process Data Object (for cyclic data)
Service Data Object (for acyclic data)
Slave Infirmation Interface
eXtensible Markup Language - used for the ESI file.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
33
3.2
3.2.1
Protocol specifications
EtherCAT® - communication
The EtherCAT® fieldbus system is standardised by the EtherCAT® user organisation
(ETG). The driving force behind this is the german company, Beckhoff GmbH. Due to
the advanced Ethernet technology used for EtherCAT®, in the future, customers can
change from other fieldbus systems to EtherCAT® or generally equip new plant models
with EtherCAT®.
Communication on EtherCAT® is based on a master/slave operation. The update cycle
between master and slave depends on the number of EtherCAT® slaves, the amount of
process data of the individual slaves, and the set update time of the master. Due to the
ring topology, in every bus cycle only one telegram is sent on the bus. The bus cycle time
thus remains exactly the same in every cycle.
Slave addressing can be done in two ways:
• Auto increment addressing
• Fixed node addressing
With Auto increment addressing the master scans the net for slaves, and the slaves are
then addressed in the sequence they are physically present on the net. With fixed node
addressing, the addresses that each node has programmed, is used.
3.2.2
EtherCAT® frame structure
In EtherCAT®, the data between the master and the slaves is transmitted in Ethernet
frames. An EtherCAT® Ethernet frame consists of one or several EtherCAT® telegrams, each addressing individual devices and/or memory areas. The telegrams can be
transported either directly in the data area of the Ethernet frame or within the data section of a UDP datagram transported via IP. The EtherCAT® frame structure is pictured
in the following figure. Each EtherCAT® telegram consists of an EtherCAT® header, the
data area and a working counter (WKC), which is incremented by all EtherCAT® nodes
that are addressed by the telegram and have exchanged associated data.
8 bytes
14 bytes
Preamble Ethernet header
2 bytes
10 bytes
EtherCAT
header
1'st Datagram
header
44 - 1498 bytes
-
2 bytes
Data
WKC
4 bytes
n'th EtherCAT datagram
Checksum
TT3007GB
3.2.3
Sync managers
Sync managers control the access to the application memory. Each channel defines a consistent area of the application memory. The adapter module has four sync manager channels. The mailbox protocol (SDO's) and process data (PDO's) are described later in this
chapter.
3.2.4
Sync manager watchdog
The sync manager watchdog monitors the output sync managers. If the output data is not
updated by the EtherCAT® master within the configured time, the watchdog will activate time out and change the state of the adapter module from Operational to Safe-Operational.
Note: EtherCAT® has been designed so that it provides no way for a slave to monitor
the connection to the master if the slave gets no output data.
Note: The drive reaction to a communication fault must be configured in the module
write flag register (object 2011 subindex 6 - motor set passive or motor set velocity =0).
34
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.2
3.2.5
Protocol specifications
EtherCAT® - State machine
Both the master and the slaves have a state machine with the states shown below. After
boot the slaves are in INIT state, and then it's up to the master to request state transitions. The standardized EtherCAT® state machine is defined in the following figure. The
bootstrap state is not supported.
Init
(IP)
(IB)
(PI)
Pre-Operational
(PS)
(OI)
(OP)
(BI)
Bootstrap
(SP)
(SI)
Safe-Operational
(OS)
(SO)
Operational
TT3009GB
The module enters the Init state directly after start-up. After this, the module can be
switched to the Pre-Operational state. In the Pre-operational state the EtherCAT® mailbox communication is allowed and CoE objects can be accessed by SDOs. After the master has configured the slave, it can switch the module to the Safe-Operational state. In
this state input I/O data (PDOs) is sent from the adapter module to the EtherCAT® master, but there is no output I/O data from the master to the module. To communicate output I/O data the master must switch the adapter module to the Operational state.
State description table:
State
Description
Init
State after device initialisation. No Application layer communication (no SDO and
PDO communication).
Pre-operational
SDO communication possible. No PDO communication.
Safe-operational
Transmit PDO operational (drive sends data to master)
Operational
Drive fully operational, responds to data via receive PDO
Boot-strap
Not used.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
35
3.2
3.2.6
Protocol specifications
CANopen over EtherCAT®
The application layer communication protocol in EtherCAT® is based on the CANopen
DS 301 communication profile and is called CANopen over EtherCAT® (CoE). The protocol specifies the Object Dictionary in the adapter module, in addition to communication objects for exchanging cyclic process data and acyclic messages. In addition to DS301
and the default JVL profile, the MAC00-ECx also supports the DSP402 drive profile CiA®
DSP-402 drive profile, page 51.
The EtherCAT® module uses the following message types:
• Process Data Object (PDO). The PDO is used for cyclic I/O communication,
in other words, process data.
• Service Data Object (SDO). The SDO is used for much slower acyclic
data transmission.
• Emergency Object (EMCY). The EMCY is used for error reporting when a fault has
occurred in the module or in the drive.
3.2.7
Drive synchronization (only applicable to MAC400+ & MIS34x/43x)
Distributed clocks
The distributed clock is the primary mechanism built into the EtherCAT network protocol to allow synchronization between the master and slaves in the network. Not every
EtherCAT device supports the distributed clock protocol, but those that do can use this
mechanism to share a common clock domain across the network. MAC00-ECx supports
this when mounted in a MAC400+, and the MIS also supports this feature.
When the MAC00-ECx is mounted in a MAC050 - MAC141 DC is NOT supported.
When the distributed clock protocol is being used, one clock on the network is selected
as the master clock, and all other devices are synchronized to it. The master controller
of the network determines which clock will be used as the master clock. The master
clock can either reside in the master controller itself, or in one of the slave devices on
the network. In many systems the slave devices are able to capture time stamps more
accurately than the master controller, so usually the first DC capable slave device in the
network is selected as the clock source.
Every EtherCAT slave device which supports the DC feature includes hardware which
allows a very accurate local time stamp to be captured when certain registers are written
over the network. These time stamps can then be used by the slave device to adjust its
local clock to remove the drift between it and the master clock on the network.
The EtherCAT master uses these time stamps to calculate the network delay between
devices on the network and to find an offset between each slave's local time and the system time.
Once this offset has been found for each slave, the master writes the offset to a register
on the slave's EtherCAT interface hardware. The result is a shared time base for every
device on the network which supports the distributed clock protocol.
36
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.2
Protocol specifications
Sync0 pulse
The distributed clock allows multiple devices on the network to share a common time
reference, but doesn't itself provide any real functional synchronization.
Additional hardware is provided on the DC enabled slave devices, which allows a pulse
to be generated on the slaves at a fixed period.
This pulse, known as the Sync0 pulse, is used by the slave device to synchronize its internal functions to the network.
The master is responsible for configuring the Sync0 pulse on each slave. Typically, the
master finds a sync period which is compatible with all slave devices, and configures the
Sync0 signal on all devices to occur simultaneously.
The acceptable sync periods for each slave device can be found in the documentation
provided by each device manufacturer. JVL MAC400+ servo motors have an internal position loop with an update rate of 1kHz (1ms) - (alternatively 1.3 or 2.6mS), when used
with the MAC00-ECx.
For the synchronization to work, it is needed that the Sync0 period used is an integer
multiple of the 1ms position loop update rate. The JVL EtherCAT implementation supports 1 and 2 ms sync0 pulse.The MIS don't have any internal position loop, but nevertheless synchronizes its internal position update to the Sync0 pulse.
Once the Sync0 signal is configured by the master to a multiple of the motor's servo period, the motor will adjust its internal loop to align the start of a servo period with the
Sync0 signal.
Since the master typically configures the Sync0 signals of multiple drives on the network
to occur simultaneously, the result is simultaneous servo updates on multiple devices.
Synchronization specifications
When using synchronization the servo motor has to synchronize to the Distributed Clock
of the network. This is done with a PLL circuit which takes a little time to settle.
But when settled it has a maximum jitter of ±1µs (±500µs in MAC800).
Cycle time
1ms
2ms
Settle time of PLL:
Typical settle time
Max. settle time
2.4s
5s
2.6s
5s
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
37
3.3
3.3.1
Commisioning
Indicator LED’s - description.
The LED's are used for indicating states and faults of the Ethernet. There is one power
LED, two link/activity LED's (one for each Ethernet connector), and 2 status LED's.
MAC Module Indicators
and label overview
General status
indicator
MIS Motor Indicators
and label overview
Power indicator
Error indicator
General status indicator
Line activity indicator (CN2)
Line activity indicator (CN3)
Error indicator
Power
indicator
MAC address
(placed at front)
Line activity
indicators
MAC address
Hardware serial number
TT3010-02GB
Hardware serial number
LED indicator descriptions - Covers both MAC and MIS.
LED Text Colour Constant Constant Blinking
MAC / MIS
off
on
Single flash Double flash Flickering
L/A IN /
L2
Green
No valid
Ethernet
Ethernet
is
connection. connected.
-
-
-
Activity on
line
L/A OUT /
L3
Green
No valid
Ethernet
Ethernet
is
connection. connected.
-
-
-
Activity on
line
RUN /
L1
Green
Device
Device state Device
Device state =
state = INIT = Operastate = Pre- Safe-operational
operational tional
-
-
ERROR /
ERR
PWR /
PWR
Red
Green
No error
Critical comGeneral
munication
configuraor controller
tion error
error
Power is apPower is plied to both
not applied. motor and
module.
-
Local error
-
Process data
watchdog
timeout /
EtherCAT®
watchdog
timeout
-
Booting
error
Power is
applied to
module but
no communication with
motor.
Notes:
Blinking: Flashing with equal on and off periods of 200ms (2.5Hz). Single flash: Repeating on for 200ms and
off for 1s. Double flash: Two flashes with a period of 200ms followed by 1s off period. Flickering: Rapid flashing with a period of approx. 50ms (10 Hz).
38
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.3
3.3.2
Commisioning
Quick start with TwinCAT (JVL Profile).
1. Copy the Ethernet slave information file (“JVL ECS V14.XML”) to the folder
“..\Twincat\IO\Ethernet\” on the master PC.
2. Apply power, and make sure the PWR (power) LED is lit.
3. Connect the Ethernet cable from Master to the L/A IN connector at the MAC module or CN2 at the MISxxxxxxECxx85 motor.
Check that the corresponding LED is lit.
4. Start TwinCAT - system manager on the master, and make sure that a proper Ethernet I/O device is appended (consult your TwinCAT manual).
5. Right click the I/O device, and select "scan boxes".
TT3004GB
Continued next page
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
39
3.3
Commisioning
6. The device should now appear in the left side of the TwinCAT window, with a tiny
JVL logo.
7. Press F4 (Reload I/O devices), and select the JVL device on the left side of the window.
8. The "L/A IN" LED at the MAC module or "L2" at the MISxxxxxxECxx85 motor should
now be flashing and the process data should now appear on the bottom right side of
the TwinCAT window.
9. By pressing the "CoE online" tab, it's possibly to inspect the CANopen objects, and
modify motor and module parameters.
TT3006GB
10. If DSP402 drive profile is selected the JVL device is named "Drive" instead of "Box" as
shown in the picture.
40
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.3
3.3.3
Commisioning
Mechanical installation
The network cables must be connected to the two M12 connectors (marked "L/A IN"
and "L/A OUT") on the module. (Corresponds to CN2 and CN3 at the MIS motors).
The cable from the EtherCAT® master is always connected to the "L/A IN" port. In the
line topology, if there are more slave devices in the same line, the next slave device is
connected to the port marked "L/A OUT". If there is a redundant ring, the right "L/A
OUT" port of the last slave device is connected to the second port of the EtherCAT®
master. See the figure below. Standard CAT 5 FTP or STP cables can be used. It is not
recommended to use UTP cables in industrial environments, which is typically very noisy.
Drive
with
EtherCAT
module
L/A IN
Drive
with
EtherCAT
module
L/A OUT
L/A IN
L/A OUT
Drive
with
EtherCAT
module
L/A IN
L/A OUT
OUT
EtherCAT
master
IN
TT3007GB
3.3.4
Synchronization configuration
The MAC00-ECx and the MIS motors supports two different synchronization modes for
their process data sync managers. These modes are:
• Free run
• Synchron with Sync0 Event
- No synchronization. (Requires motor cycle to be 1.0 or 1.3ms.)
- Use Distributed Clock, and synchronize to Sync0.
Selection of synchronization mode is in TwinCAT done by selecting the drive and then
the DC tab, and there select the appropriate "Operation mode". Please see illustration
below.
TT3093-01GB
The "Synchron with Sync0 Event" mode is only accessible in the MIS and in the MAC00ECx if mounted in a MAC400+ motor. The MAC050-141 only supports the "Free run"
mode.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
41
3.3
Commisioning
Note ! Changes will only become effective after reconfiguring and restarting the EtherCAT master!
Precautions
In a typical EtherCAT system the master will periodically send process data to all devices
on the network. Ideally, this process data will be received by the slave devices with a
fixed delay relative to the Sync0 signal.
For example, the master may configure the Sync0 period on all slaves to 1 millisecond,
and time its communications so that the slaves receive updated process data every millisecond, exactly 50 microseconds before the Sync0 signal occurs.
It's very common in an EtherCAT system for the master to run on a complex PC operating system, and therefore not have the high degree of real time performance that the
slaves possess.
In such cases there can be a significant amount of timing jitter on the process data messages that the master sends. For example, if the master has +/- 100 microseconds of jitter on its message transmission timing, then the slave may receive the process data
update anywhere from 150 microseconds before Sync0 to 50 microseconds after Sync0.
This can cause system level problems such as incorrect trajectory interpolation in cyclic
synchronous position mode.
Configuring the process data sync managers to use Sync0 synchronization mode can resolve the problems caused by timing jitter in the master. In this mode the master can
compensate for its worst case timing jitter by transmitting the process data to the slaves
sufficiently early to ensure that the data will be received before the Sync0 signal. The
slaves will not use the process data received until the Sync0 time, so system can remain
well synchronized even with a significant amount of timing jitter in the master.
For example, in a system with a cycle time of 1ms and +/-100 microseconds of timing
jitter on the master, the master could be configured to transmit its process data with a
300 microsecond offset (30% of the cycle time) from the Sync0 time on the slaves. This
would ensure that the slave devices receive the process data well clear of the Sync0 update. Since the slaves are configured in Sync0 synchronization mode, they will not use the
updated process data until the Sync0 signal occurs.
Debugging synchronization (Only MAC modules)
The distributed clock and Sync0 signals are all generated internal to the slave devices on
the network. This can make it difficult to debug and verify the correct operation of the
system synchronization mechanisms. JVL EtherCAT MAC modules provide some useful
diagnostic capabilities that can aid the system developer in this area.
One extremely useful tool for debugging synchronization issues is to program a general
purpose module output pin to generate a pulse when the Sync0 signal occurs on the
drive. Using an oscilloscope, the Sync0 signals of multiple drives can thereby be viewed
directly. In a correctly configured system the Sync0 signals of all drives should occur simultaneously with no drift between them.
The function is enabled by issuing command 0x13 to the module command register. The
sync0 pulse is then present on the O1 output of the module. Disabling is done with the
command 0x14. Please see Register 15 - Command register, page 176 for information
about the module command register, and chapter 2 for how to use the general module
I/O's.
42
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.4
3.4.1
EtherCAT® objects
Process Data Object 21 (PDO/JVL Profile)
PDO's (Process Data Objects) are used for cyclic transfer of time-critical process data
between master and slaves. There is one receive PDO and one transmit PDO which is
fully user configurable. Tx PDOs are used to transfer data from the slave to the master
and Rx PDOs to transfer data from the master to the slave.It is possibly to set up five or
eight, 32 bit registers in each PDO, depending on the configuration (Register 6 - Setup
bits, page 173).
The setup is done with MacTalk or via SDO object 0x2011 subindex 16-31. It requires a
save in flash and a power cycle before the new configuration are used. If the configuration
of the PDO's, is not altered by the user, the MAC00-EC4/-EC41 module uses the default
mapping shown in the tables below.
If module registers is placed in cyclic R/W, then the register number has to be calculated
as follows:
Register number = 65536 x sub index.
Example: module command (sub-index 15) = 65536 x 15 = register 983040
When module registers (register numbers above 65535) are chosen, they have to be
placed after the motor registers in the list of cyclic registers.
NB! If an index is set to zero (No selection), then the following indexes is discarded.
Thereby computing resources in the drive are released, which makes much faster cycle
times possibly. Please see next paragraph.
Default registers in transmit PDO 21 (Slave > Master) - Only MAC-ECx
Object index Register no. Motor register short
Motor register description
0
2
MODE_REG
Operating mode
1
10
P_IST
Actual position
2
12
V_IST
Actual velocity
3
169
VF_OUT
Actual torque
4
35
ERR_STAT
Status bits
5
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
7
-
-
-
The motor registers 35, 36, and 211 should NOT be inserted in the cyclic write list, as
this may give unpredictable results. For clear of errors, reset of motor etc. please insert
the module command register (=983040 in Mactalk) in the cyclic write list and send
commands this way.
For a list of commands for the module command register please refer to Register Overview, page 172.
Continued next page
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
43
3.4
EtherCAT® objects
Default registers in receive PDO 21 (Master > Slave) - Only MAC-ECx
Object index Register no. Motor register short
Motor register description
0
2
MODE_REG
1
3
P_SOLL
Operating mode
Target position
2
5
V_SOLL
Maximum velocity
3
7
T_SOLL
Maximum torque
4
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
7
-
-
-
Please notice: Even though all registers is transmitted as 32 bit, some of them
originally derive from 16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those situations it
is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
!
Default registers in transmit PDO (Slave > Master) - Only MISxxxxxxECxx85
Object index Register no. Motor register short
Motor register description
0
2
MODE_REG
Operating mode
1
10
P_IST
Actual position
2
12
V_IST
Actual velocity
3
35
ERR_STAT
Error bits
4
36
WARN_BITS
Warning bits
5
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
7
-
-
-
Default registers in receive PDO (Master > Slave) - Only MISxxxxxxECxx85
Object index Register no. Motor register short
Motor register description
0
2
MODE_REG
Operating mode
1
3
P_SOLL
Requested position
2
5
V_SOLL
Requested velocity
3
6
A_SOLL
Requested acceleration
4
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
7
-
-
-
The MIS motor registers 24, 35 and 36 should NOT be inserted in the cyclic write list,
as this may give unpredictable results. For clear of errors, reset of motor etc. please insert the module command register (=983040 in Mactalk) in the cyclic write list and send
commands this way. For a list of commands for the module command register please refer to Register Overview, page 172
44
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.4
3.4.2
EtherCAT® objects
Minimum cycle time (JVL Profile)
The minimum cycle time is the minimum amount of time between each cyclic request
(PDO) on the Ethernet.
If the module is mounted in MAC050-MAC141 it is possible to add a poll division factor
either in the EtherCAT® tab in Mactalk or manually in module register 8 (Register 8 - Poll
division factor., page 175).
The positions 6-8 is only transferred if enabled, Register 6 - Setup bits, page 173.
If operating with values lower than those listed, data loss will occur.
No. of motor registers
transmitted in each
direction
Motor series
MAC050 to
MAC141
Motor series
MAC400 to
MAC3000
Motor series
MIS34xxxECxx85
1/1
2/2
3/3
4/4
5/5
6/6
7/7
8/8
4mS *
8mS *
12mS *
16mS *
20mS *
24mS *
28mS *
32mS *
360µS *
395µS *
430µS *
465µS *
500µS *
535µS *
570µS *
605µS *
360µS *
395µS *
430µS *
465µS *
500µS *
535µS *
570µS *
605µS *
*
The minimum cycle times, is only valid if not sending any acyclic requests while in any
operating mode. MODULE registers can be appended as the last registers in the list,
at no extra timing cost. Motor register 35 shall be in the cyclic read list, as it is also
used internally.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
45
3.4
EtherCAT® objects
3.4.3
Service Data Objects (SDO)
Service Data Objects (SDOs) are mainly used for transferring non time-critical data, for
example, identification, configuration and acyclic data.
3.4.4
Emergency Objects
Emergency Objects (EMCYs) are used for sending fault information from the communication module and the motor to the EtherCAT® network.
They are transmitted whenever a fault occurs in the motor or in the module. Only one
Emergency Object is transmitted per fault. EMCYs are transmitted via SDO's.
When the error is no longer present, the module will send a NoError EMCY object once.
The following error codes can be generated:
CANopen Firmware name Short description
Error code
Applicable to motortype
MAC050- MAC400+ MIS34x /
MAC141
MIS43x
0x0000
NO_ERROR
0x2221
IPEAK_ERR
0x2222
0x2280
0x3120
0x3210
0x3220
0x4210
0x5112
0x5380
0x5381
PWM_LOCKED
IX_ERR
UV_ERR
OV_ERR
UV_ERR
DEGC_ERR
U24V
INIT_ERR
STO_ALARM_ERR
0x5580
FLASH_ERR
0x6320
0x7110
0x7305
0x7306
0x7307
0x7308
0x7580
0x7581
0x8180
0x8181
0x8311
0x8331
0x8480
0x8611
0x8680
0x8681
0x8682
0x8780
46
No errors present
Peak error, motor overcurrent
PWM locked
Phase error
Low AC voltage
Overvoltage on bus
Undervoltage on bus
Temperature too high
Control voltage unstable
Self diagnostics failed
Error in write to the
internal flash
OLD_FILTER
Invalid filter settings
UIT_ERR
Regenerative overload
INDEX_ERR
Internal encoder error
ENC_LOSTPOS Encoder lost position
ENC_REEDERR
Encoder reed error
ENC_COMMERR Encoder com. error
SSI_ERR
SSI read error
INT_COM_ERR
Internal com. error
COM_ERR
Modbus com. Error
SLAVE_ERR
Slave error
I2T_ERR
Overload
FNC_ERR
Function error
SPEED_ERR
Overspeed
FLW_ERR
Follow error
PLIM_ERR
Position limit exceeded
NL_ERROR
Neg. limit switch exceeded
PL_ERROR
Pos. limit switch exceeded
PLL has lost synchronizaSYNC_ERROR
tion to external sync signal.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
X
-
X
X
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
X
X
-
3.4
EtherCAT® objects
For a more comprehensive description of the MAC motor errors, please refer to the
motor manual - LB0047-xx - chapter 2.7 and search for the firmware name.
The MAC manual can be downloaded using this link: www.jvl.dk...
The structure of the EMCY object is shown in the table below:
3.4.5
Byte 0
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Byte 5
Byte 6
CANopen®
error code:
MSB (0x10)
CANopen®
error code:
LSB (0x01)
8-bit error
Register =
object
0x1001
MAC motor
ERR_STAT
LSB
MAC motor
ERR_STAT
MAC motor
ERR_STAT
MAC motor
ERR_STAT
MSB
Byte 7
Reserved
Object Dictionary
An important part of the CoE protocol is the Object Dictionary, which is different objects
specifying the data layout. Each object is addressed using a 16-bit index and possibly a sub
index. There are some mandatory objects and some manufacturer specific objects. The
objects in the CoE Object Dictionary can be accessed with SDO services.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
47
3.4
3.4.6
EtherCAT® objects
Mandatory objects:
Name
Device type
Error
Register
Index
(hex)
Sub
Index
Data Type
Read
only
Default
0x0
1000
UNSIGNED32
X
1001
UNSIGNED8
X
Bit 0
Generic error. Mandatory
Bit 1
Current
Bit 2
Voltage
Bit 3
Temperature
Bit 4
Communication (Overrun)
Bit 5
Device profile specific
Bit 6
Reserved
48
Manufacturer specific
Manufacturer
device
name
1008
VISIBLE
STRING
X
JVL MAC00ECx
Manufacturer
hardware version
1009
VISIBLE
STRING
X
1.0
Manufacturer
software
version
100A
VISIBLE
STRING
X
1.0
Identity
object
1018
IDENTITY
1C00
Contains information about the
device type.
This is the mapping error register,
and it is part of the emergency object.
If some of the sub index are
high, an error has occurred. See
also Emergency Objects, page
46. Mandatory
Bit 7
SyncManager Communication Type
Description
Example: Version x.x
Contain general information about
the module
X
0
1..4
X
4h
1
UNSIGNED32
X
0x0117
Number of entries. Mandatory
Vendor ID, contains a unique value allocated to each manufactor.
117h is JVLs vendor ID. Mandatory.
2
UNSIGNED32
X
0x0200
Product Code, identifies a specific
device version.
The MAC00-EC4/-EC41 has the
product code 200h
3
UNSIGNED32
X
-
Revision number.
4
UNSIGNED32
X
-
Serial number
-
IDENTITY
X
-
Supported communication types
0
UNSIGNED8
X
4
Number of entries
1
UNSIGNED8
X
1
Mailbox out
2
UNSIGNED8
X
2
Mailbox in
3
UNSIGNED8
X
3
Output process data
4
UNSIGNED8
X
4
Input process data
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.4
3.4.7
EtherCAT® objects
Manufacturer specific objects.
The manufacturer specific objects, provides access to all module registers, and all motor
registers, as well as a module command object.
Index Sub
(hex) Index
Type
Read
only Default Description
Module command object. See possible commands below.
Module command
2010
0
UNSIGNED32
Module
parameters
2011
0
UNSIGNED8
X
1
UNSIGNED32
X
Motor
parameters
2012
0
UNSIGNED8
X
N
UNSIGNED32
0
UNSIGNED8
N
UNSIGNED32
Extended motor
parameters
2013
63
Subindex count
Access to module register N
254
Subindex count
Access to the motor parameter n
X
254
Subindex count
Access to the motor parameter N+255
Note: Module parameters are not automatically saved to permanent memory after a
change. The parameters can be saved permanently by applying a "Save parameters to
flash" command afterwards.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
49
3.4
EtherCAT® objects
3.4.8
Object 0x2010 - Subindex 0
This object is used for sending commands to the module and is write only. It is analogue
to writing to object 2011 subindex 15.
The possible commands are shown in See “8.2 Register Descriptions.” on
page 177.
3.4.9
Object 0x2011
The module registers is mapped to object 0x2011. The subindex 3-31 is R/W, the rest is
read only.
The register numbers are used as sub indexes in the object. See register descriptions in
chapter 8 - page 173.
3.4.10
Object 0x2012
Object 0x2012 are for acyclic view or change of motor registers.
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Registers relevant for the MAC050 to 141:
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200
Registers relevant for the MAC400 to 3000:
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209
Registers relevant for the MI34x and MIS43x
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226
3.4.11
Object 0x2013 (only applicable to MAC400-3000).
Object 0x2013 are for acyclic view or change of motor registers above 255.
To access a motor register the register number is calculated as follows:
Motor register number = Subindex + 255
3.4.12
50
EtherCAT® Slave Information file
EtherCAT® Slave Information file (ESI) is a XML file that specify the properties of the
slave device for the EtherCAT® master and contains information on the supported communication objects. EtherCAT® Slave Information files for JVL drives are available
through your local JVL representative. If TwinCAT is used for master then the XML-file
shall be copied to the folder "..\TwinCAT\Io\EtherCAT\".
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.5
3.5.1
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Introduction
The MAC00-ECx supports the DSP-402 standard from CiA® http://www.can-cia.com/.
Please refer to this standard for full details of the functions. The DSP-402 is only a standard proposal and might be changed in the future. We reserve the right to change future
firmware versions to conform to new versions of the standard. Not all of the functionality, described in DSP-402, is supported. But all the mandatory functions are supported.
The following operation modes are supported:
Mode name
Profile Position mode
Profile Velocity mode
Homing Mode
Short Mode no. Comments
pp
pv
hm
1
3
6
Default PDO addresses this mode.
MAC050-141 only in Free Run mode.
Cyclic Synchron Velocity
csv *
9
MAC050-141 only in Free Run mode.
Cyclic Synchron Torque
cst *
10
Only MAC400 - MAC3000
* When using one of the cyclic modes it is strongly recommneded to use Distributed Clock, in
order not to loose any cyclic frames.
Cyclic Synchron Position
csp *
8
Preconditions:
Before the DSP-402 mode with all the described features can be used, the firmware in
the MAC00-ECx module or the MISxxxxxxECxx85 motor must be updated to at least
version 3.26. Besides, version 14 of the XML file must be used “JVL ECS V14.xml” found
on the web page http://www.jvl.dk.
•
•
•
•
The start mode of the motor must be set to passive.
No power up Zero searches must be selected.
If absolute movement is used, the ’resynchronize after passive mode’ must be set.
The DSP-402 drive profile must be enabled and saved to flash (please see next paragraph).
When using DSP-402 mode, manipulating motor parameters with object 0x2012 can
corrupt the behavior of the DSP-402 functions. Also be aware that manipulating parameters in MacTalk should be avoided when using DSP-402.
3.5.2
Selecting DSP-402 drive profile
As default the JVL EtherCAT module uses the CiA 402 drive profile. But if it - for some
reason - is not selected, then enable it this way:
In MacTalk in the Ethernet tab the checkbox ”Enable DSP402 drive profile” is checked, and
the “Apply and save” button is pressed.
Then after a power cycle the MAC00-ECx module or the MISxxxxxxECxx85 motor will
wake up with DSP-402 drive profile enabled instead of the JVL profile.
If already having a TwinCAT project, then delete the JVL box, and do a new scan for boxes. Now the JVL device will appear as a drive instead.
3.5.3
Supported objects
Most of the DSP402 parameters start up in the module with default values. A few of them
are set depending on the motor type the module is mounted in - either the MAC50-141,
MAC400, 800, 1500, 3000 or the MISxxxxxxECxx85 motor.
None of the parameters can be saved to flash in the module. The following table shows
the additional object dictionary defined for DSP-402 support. Continued next page
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
51
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Index
Sub Name
(hex)
idx.
Distributed Clock
0x1C32 0
Synchronized output
1
Synchronization type
2
Cycle time
Default value
U8
U16
U32
RO
RW
RW
U16
RO
5
Synchronization types
supported
Minimum cycle time
U32
RO
6
Calc and copy time
U32
RO
9
Delay time
U32
RO
12
32
Cycle time too small
Sync error
RO
RO
0
1
2
4
RO
RW
RW
RO
= 0x1C32:04
= 0x1C32:04
= 0x1C32:04
5
6
Synchronized output
Synchronization type
Cycle time
Synchronization types
supported
Minimum cycle time
Calc and copy time
U16
Bool
ean
U8
U16
U32
U16
U32
U32
RO
RO
12
32
Cycle time too small
Sync error
U16
Bool
ean
RO
RO
= 0x1C32:04
20000 - MAC400+
??????? MISxxxxxxECxx85
??????? - MAC050-141
False
Motor type
Motor catalogue number
Motor manufacturer
http motor catalogue
address
Supported drive modes
U16
Str.
Str.
Str.
RO
RO
RO
RO
10
MACxxx
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S
www.JVL.dk
U32
RO
0x00000025
Device data
6402
0
6403
0
6404
0
6405
0
6502
Attrib
utes
0
1000000 - MIS and
MAC400+
20000000 - MAC050-141
5 - MIS and MAC400+
1 - MAC050-141
1000000 - MIS and
MAC400+
20000000 - MAC050-141
71000 - MAC400+
439000 - MIS
8000000 - MAC050-141
450000 - MAC400+
2000000 - MIS
2000000 - MAC050-141
-
4
0x1C33
Type
0
Continued next page
52
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Index
Sub Name
(hex)
idx.
6503
0
Drive catalogue number
6504
0
Drive manufacturer
6505
0
http drive catalogue address
Analogue/Digital I/O
2101*
0
Analog input 1
60FD
0
Digital inputs
Type
Str.
Str.
Str.
Attributes
RO
RO
RO
I16
U32
RO, P
RO, P
60FE
Default value
MACxxx
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S
www.JVL.dk
1 Input available in MAC00-EC4
4 Inputs available in MAC00-EC41
Up to 8 Inputs available in MISxxx
1 Output available in MAC00-EC4
2 Outputs avail. in MAC00-EC41
Up to 8 outputs avail. in MISxxx
0
Digital outputs
U8
RO, P
1
2
Physical outputs
Bit mask
U32
U32
RW, P
RW, P
U16
U16
U16
I16
U32
I8
I8
U16
U16
U16
U32
U8
RO
RW, P
RW, P
RW
RW
RW, P
RO, P
RW, P
RW
RW
RW
RW
2
50000
1000
9000
0
I32
U32
U16
I32
U8
I32
I32
U32
U32
U32
I16
I32
RO, P
RW
RW
RW, P
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW, P
RW, P
RW
RO, P
100
6
2
0
0
Depending on motor type
100
15000
0
-
Device control
603F
0
Error code
6040
0
Control word
6041
0
Status word
605A
0
Quick stop option code
6085
0
Quick stop deceleration
6060
0
Modes of operation
6061
0
Modes of operation display
6072*
0
Max torque
2204** 0
Run current
6073** 0
Max current
6075** 0
Rated current
607E
0
Polarity
Position parameters
6064
0
Position actual value
6067
0
Position window
6068
0
Position window time
607A
0
Target position
607D
0
Software position limit
1
Min.
2
Max.
6080
0
Max motor speed
6081
0
Profile velocity
6083
0
Profile acceleration
6086
0
Motion profile type
60F4
0
Following error actual value
0
0x03 – MAC00-ECx
0xFF – MISxxx
Continued next page
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
53
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Index
Sub Name
(hex)
idx.
Velocity parameters
606B
0
Velocity demand value
606C
0
Velocity actual value
606D*
0
Velocity window
606E*
0
Velocity window time
60FF
0
Target velocity
Torque parameters
6071*
0
Target Torque
Torque actual value
6077*** 0
Homing mode
2100 *
0
Homing torque
607C
0
Home offset
6098
0
Homing method
6099
0
Homing speeds
1
Speed during search for
switch
2
Speed during search for zero
609A
0
Homing acceleration
Factors
608F
0
Position encoder resolution
1
Encoder increments
2
Motor revolutions
6091
0
Gear ratio
1
Motor revolutions
2
Shaft revolutions
6092
0
Feed constant
1
Feed
2
Shaft revolutions
”Str” =
“RO” =
*
**
***
54
Type
Attributes
Default value
I32
I32
U16
U16
U32
RO, P
RO, P
RW
RW
RW, P
100
6
-
I16
I16
RW, P
RO, P
-
U16
I32
I8
U8
U32
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
30
0
0
2
50
U32
U32
RW
RW
50
5000
U8
U32
U32
U8
U32
U32
U8
U32
U32
RO
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
2
Depending on motor type
1
2
1
1
2
Depending on motor type
1
String, ”I” = Integer, ”U” = Unsigned integer, figures = number of bits.
Read Only, ”RW” = Read and Writeable, ”P” = PDO map able.
Only available in MAC00-ECx.
Only available in MISxxxxxxECxxxxx.
Only available with MAC400+.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.5
3.5.4
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Manufacturer specific objects when using CiA402.
The objects in the previous paragraph is described more closely in the CiA402 drive profile documentation, except the manufacturer specific ones which are described in detail
here.
Object 0x2100
Only applicable to EtherCAT modules installed in servo motors (MACxxx).
This read-writeable object describes the torque used during torque homing with the
manufacturer specific homing modes -1, -2, -3 and -4.
The units of the object are the same as used for other torque objects, for example object
0x6071. It is recommended to set this to a low value in order to avoid damaging the machine, if using torque homing.
Object 0x2101
Only applicable to EtherCAT modules installed in servo motors (MACxxx).
In this read only object it is possible to read the status of the motor analog input (ANINP).
It is possible to map this object in the cyclic read PDO.
The range of this object is ±1023 corresponding to ±10V on the input pin. This gives
approximately 9.775mV/unit.
Object 0x2204
Only applicable to EtherCAT modules installed in stepper motors (MISxxx).
The stepper motor running current is specified in this read-writeable object.
The units are mA, so a specified value of for example 3000 corresponds to a running current of 3A. Please look in the MIS motor manual for the maximum running current for
the specific motor.
3.5.5
PDO’s (Process Data Objects)
When selecting the DSP-402 drive profile the setup and functioning of the PDO’s is very
different from the default JVL profile. In the DSP-402 drive profile there is one PDO in
each direction. Each PDO can hold up to eight objects and the PDO’s are fully dynamic
and is altered in TwinCAT, in the “Process data” tab.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
55
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
By right-clicking in the ”PDO Content” window a menu with options appear, and if
pressing ”Insert” then a new window will open showing the possible objects to insert in
the PDO.
TT3080GB
By selecting an object and pressing “OK” then that object is inserted in the PDO and will
be transferred to the MAC00-ECx module or the MISxxxxxxECxx85 motor, at next “reload devices” if the “PDO configuration” checkbox is checked.
TT3081GB
For further information about PDO configuration please consult the appropriate manual
for the PLC system used.
56
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.5
3.5.6
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Supported cycle times
The cycle time is the amount of time between each cyclic request (PDO) on the Ethernet. If the module is mounted in MAC050-MAC141 it is possible to add a poll division
factor either in the EtherCAT tab in Mactalk or manually in module register 8 (See chapter 8 - Register 8 - Poll division factor., page 175).
MAC050-141
Supported cycle times
DC not supported
with Distributed Clock
CiA402 profile minimum
16ms
cycle time
Applicable shift time for
a master with max. ±20µs
jitter on cyclic frames**
Motor series
MAC400+
MISxxxxxxECxx85
1 or 2 ms ****
(1ms*), 2 ms
1ms
2ms (1ms*)
10, 20, 30 ***,
40%
20, 30, 40%
If changing the general shift time to 40% and adding a device specific shift time of
300µs.
** If the master has larger jitter than listed the lowest shift time value in the table must
not be used.
*** 30% sync0 shift time will only work if cycle time is different from 2ms.
**** If 2ms cycle time i chosen, then it is also nesesary to chose 2ms motor cycle time in
Mactalk or select FreeRun.
*
Refer to Shift time., page 64 for changing the shift time.
If operating with values lower than listed then the motor will behave unpredictably.
3.5.7
Factors
Position factor
The position factor is the relation between the user unit and the internal position unit
(counts). The position factor is automatically calculated when the feed constant (Object
0x6092) and gear ratio (Object 0x6091) are set.
Example:
We have a MAC motor with a 3.5:1 gear box connected to a belt drive. The diameter of
the drive wheel is 12.4 cm. We want the unit of position to be in millimetres.
The circumference of the drive wheel is 389.56mm (124mm*pi). The parameters should
be set as follows:
Object
0x6091 sub index 1
0x6091 sub index 2
0x6092 sub index 1
0x6092 sub index 2
Name
Gear ratio / Motor revolutions
Gear ratio / Shaft revolutions
Feed constant / Feed
Feed constant / Shaft revolutions
Value
35
10
38956
100
Please note that it is not necessary to set the encoder resolution. This is automatically set
by the module.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
57
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Position factor formula:
Position_factor=
Gear_ratio_Motor_rev.*Feed_constant_Shaft_Rev.*Position_encoder_res._Encoder_Increments
Feed_constant_Feed*Feed_constant_Shaft_rev.*Position_encoder_res._Motor_rev.
or as objects:
Position_factor=
Object 6091sub1*Object 6092sub2*Object 608Fsub1
Object 6092sub1*Object 6092sub2*Object 608Fsub2
The Position factor is calculated to in the above example:
Position_factor=
35*100*4096
38956*10*1
=
36,8
The above example is for a MAC50-141. For MAC400, MAC1500 and MAC3000, the
number 4096 shall be changed to 8192, for MAC800 the number is 8000.
3.5.8
Operation modes
Changing operation mode
A change of operation mode is nearly always possible. Change between CSP, CSV and
CST can be done in any time, but the user is responsible for delivering valid values for
the used mode at all times.
It is only possible to change from homing mode to other modes when the homing procedure is finished.
Profile position mode
This mode can be used for positioning where a movement profile can be set up.
The acceleration and maximum velocity can be programmed.
In this mode, both absolute and relative moves are supported. The type of move is selected via bit 6 (abs/rel) in the status word. When a relative move is selected, the type of
relative move is dependent on the setup in object 2011h sub index 6.
It is also possible to select different movement modes. This is done using bit 5 (change
set immediately) in the status word. When this bit is 0 and a move is in progress, the new
set-point is accepted. But the new set-point and profile are not activated before the previous movement is finished. When this bit is 1, the new set-point is activated instantly and
the motor will move to the new position with the new profile parameters.
Please note:
• The torque limit that is used during the profile can be set via object 6072h.
• The register L1 (object 2012 subindex 81) is used to select the load factor when the
profile is started. If a different load factor is required, this register must be set correctly.
Velocity mode
In this mode the motor runs at a selected velocity. A new velocity can be selected in object 0x60FF and the motor will then accelerate/decelerate to this velocity.
The maximum slippage error is not supported in this mode.
Please note:
• The torque limit that is used during the profile can be set via object 6072h.
58
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Homing mode
In this mode different homing sequences can be initiated. The home sensor must be connected to the AIN input on the module. If end limit sensors are used during the homing
sequence, then the sensors should be connected to the appropriate inputs, and they
must be enabled via object 0x2011 sub index 11. In the MAC motors the module inputs
is used.
In the MIS motors the registers 125 (I/O active level and I/O type), and 132 (home input
mask) have to be correctly set up prior to use. Do this setup by object 0x2012 or in MacTalk in the ‘I/O Setup’ tab.
The torque limit used during homing is selected via object 0x2100. The unit of this object
is the same as other torque objects, e.g. object 0x6072.
The MAC00-ECx module and the MISxxxxxxECxxxx supports the following homing
methods:
Method Description
-4
-3
-2
-1
0-2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15-18
20
22
24
26
28
30
31, 32
33
34
35
Torque homing in positive direction.
Torque homing in negative direction.
Torque homing in positive direction and afterwards homing on the index pulse.
Torque homing in negative direction and afterwards homing on the index
pulse.
Not supported.
Homing on positive home switch and index pulse to the left.
Homing on positive home switch and index pulse to the right.
Homing on negative home switch and index pulse to the left.
Homing on negative home switch and index pulse to the right.
Start positive (unless home switch is active), reverse on home switch active,
stop at index.
Start positive (unless home switch is active), stop at first index after active
home switch.
Start positive, reverse on limit switch, stop at first index after active home
switch.
Start positive, reverse on limit switch, reverse at homeswitch, stop at index.
Start negative (unless home switch is active), reverse on home switch active,
stop at index.
Start negative (unless home switch is active), stop at first index after active
home switch.
Start negative, reverse on limit switch, stop at first index after active home
switch.
Start negative, reverse on limit switch, reverse at home switch, stop at index.
Not supported.
Homing on positive home switch.
Homing on negative home switch.
Start positive (unless home switch is active), stop at active home switch.
Start positive, reverse on limit switch, stop at active home switch.
Start negative (unless home switch is active), stop at active home switch.
Start negative, reverse on limit switch, stop at active home switch.
Not Supported
Start negative, stop at index
Start positive, stop at index
Current position = home position.
AvailAvail- able
able in in MIS
MAC
X
X
X
-
X
-
X
X
X
X
-
X
-
X
-
X
-
X
-
X
-
X
-
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
For a comprehensive description of the homing modes 3-35, please consult the CiA
DSP402 version 3.0.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
59
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Please note that you should always use a home offset (object 0x607C) when using torque
homing. This is to ensure that the motor moves away from the end limit. The sign of the
home offset should be the opposite of the homing direction. For example, when using a
negative homing direction, the home offset could be 5000.
Cyclic Synchron Position mode (csp)
This mode is used when synchronization between several drives are needed in position
mode. The default PDO addresses this mode. It is the preferred mode for the NC system in TwinCAT. When using CSP mode it is highly recommneded to use Distributed
Clock, in order not to loose any cyclic frames.
If wanting to enable this mode as startup mode in TwinCAT then follow the steps below:
Step 1-3.
Select the drive and press the “Startup” tab, then press the “New” button, as shown in
the below picture.
TT3094-01GB
60
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Step 4.
In the ”Edit CANopen Startup Entry” window is then inserted the object no. “6060” as
the “Index” value and the value “08” as the “Data” value as shown below.
TT3095-01GB
Note ! Changes will only become effective after reconfiguring and restarting the EtherCAT master!
Please note:
• The torque limit that is used during the mode can be set via object 6072h beforehand.
• The motor register L1 (object 2012 subindex 81) is used to select the load factor
when the mode is started. If a different load factor is required, this register must be
set correctly.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
61
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Cyclic Synchron Velocity mode (csv)
This mode is used when synchronization between several drives are needed in velocity
mode. When using CSV mode it is highly recommneded to use Distributed Clock, in order not to loose any cyclic frames. To use this mode the default PDO needs to be
changed. Please follow the steps below:
Step 1-2.
It is easiest to change the PDO in TwinCAT if the drive is connected to TwinCAT and is
“online”. Then first press the “CoE online” tab in the drive setup. Please see below picture.
TT3096-01GB
This way the available objects are fetched online from the drive, and don’t have to be
keyed in manually.
Step 3-6.
Then press the “Process Data” tab, select “RxPDO” and then right click on Index 0x607A
and select “Delete”. Answer yes to the confirmation. See steps in the picture below.
TT3097-01GB
62
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Step 7-8.
Then right click in the bottom of the “PDO Content” and select “Insert”, as shown below.
TT3098-01GB
Step 9-10.
Choose object 0x60FF from the list and press OK
TT3099-01GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
63
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Step 11.
Make sure the “PDO assignment” is unchecked and “PDO Configuration” is cheked.
Please see below.
TT3100-01GB
If wanting to enable this mode as startup mode in TwinCAT then please see the procedure in the previous paragraph “Cyclic synchron position mode”, and just change the
“Data value to “09”, instead of “08”.
Note ! Changes will only become effective after reconfiguring and restarting the
EtherCAT master !
Please note:
The torque limit that is used during the mode can be set via object 6072h beforehand.
The register L1 (object 2012 subindex 81) is used to select the load factor when the
mode is started. If a different load factor is required, this register must be set correctly.
Cyclic Synchron Torque mode (cst)
This mode is used when synchronization between several drives are needed in torque
mode. When using CST mode it is highly recommneded to use Distributed Clock, in order not to loose any cyclic frames. To use this mode the default PDO needs to be
changed. Please follow the steps 1-11 from above in "Cyclic Synchron Velocity mode"
where the inserted object should be 0x6071 (target torque) instead of object 0x60FF.
And then follow the steps 1-4 from “Cyclic synchron position mode”, and just change the
“Data value to “0A”, instead of “08”, if wanting the motor to start up in CST mode.
Notes ! Changes will only become effective after reconfiguring and restarting the EtherCAT master !
The register L1 (object 2012 subindex 81) is used to select the load factor when
the mode is started. If a different load factor is required, this register must be
set correctly.
3.5.9
64
Shift time.
The shift time is the nominal time the cyclic EtherCAT frames are sent before the sync0
pulse is activated. At normal circumstances this setup should not be changed, as it will
affect all the devices in the network.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
The default in TwinCAT is 30%, meaning that the cyclic EtherCAT frames are sent 30%
of the cycle time before the sync0 pulse activates. If for example the cycle time is 1ms
then the frames are sent 300µs before the sync0. This is of course nominal and will vary
a lot because of timing issues in the EtherCAT master. It is also possible to add a device
specific shift time, but then the sync0 pulse of the devices on the network will not be activated simultaneously, unless the same shift time is added to all devices.
Changing general shift time.
As written above changing this setting will affect all devices on the network. So proceed
with care !
Step 1-3.
Select the EtherCAT device, select the “EtherCAT” tab and press the “Advanced Settings” button.
TT3101-01GB
Step 4-6.
Select “Distributed Clocks”, change the “Percent of cycle time” to the needed setting
(10% - 40%) and press the “OK” button.
TT3102-01GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
65
3.5
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
Adding device specific shift time.
Device specific shift time will delay the sync0 pulse on the specific device. Be aware that
if only changing this setting on some devices then the sync0 pulse will not appear simultaneously on all devices.
Step 1-3.
Select the drive, then select the “EtherCAT” tab and press the “Advanced Settings” button.
TT3103-01GB
Step 4-6.
Select “Distributed Clocks”, change the “Shift time” “User defined” to the needed setting and press the “OK” button.
TT3104-01GB
66
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.5
3.5.10
CiA® DSP-402 drive profile
AL status codes.
When the JVL motors are set in OP mode for the first time after power-up, with “DC
Synchron with Sync0 Event” selected, then the JVL motor can return a status code to the
AL register.
AL Status Meaning
code
Course
Action required
0x002C
The sync0 pulses don't appear.
Make sure the sync0 pulse is
correctly setup in the master.
Select a slower cycle time or a
faster master.
Select a supported cycle time.
0x0034
0x8003
SYNC0_NOT_RECE
IVED_ANY_MORE
TOO_MANY_SM_
EVENTS_MISSED
DC_CFG_INVALID
The cyclic dataframes from the
master did not arrive in time.
An unsupported cycletime is used.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
67
3.6
3.6.1
Examples
Running Velocity control (JVL Profile)
To use the JVL motor in velocity mode the following registers are basically of interest.
1.
2.
3.
4.
"Mode" - Mode register register 2
"V_SOLL" - Velocity register 5
"A_SOLL" - Acceleration register 6
"Error/Status" - Error and status register 35
So, to control these registers the cyclic data needs to configured.
From MacTalk the setup is configured as this.
The actual velocity is transferred in the 1. word
The 5. word holds the data from the error/status
register. This data is a bitfield structure holding both
motion related information and present error type.
The operation mode is set in the 1. Word,
0=passive mode and 1=Velocity mode.
Use passive mode to stop the motor and
velocity mode to start the motor.
The requested velocity is set in the 3. word
The requested acceleration is set in the 5. word
TT3016GB
With the settings illustrated above we initiate the velocity mode by writing 0x1 to the first
word-value, this is velocity mode.
From the Master the registers is accessed using the PDO21 and accessing the registers
R/W on words 1-5.
Since different PLC's have different methods of implementation the basic steps is described in the following.
1. Set the needed velocity. V_SOLL = V x 2.77 [rpm]
Ex. We need the motor to run with a constant speed of 1200 RPM. So, V_SOLL =
1200/2,77 = 433 cnt/smp
2. Set the needed acceleration. A_SOLL = A x 271 [RPM/s²]
Ex. We need the motor to accelerate with 100000 RPM/s² so, A_SOLL = 100000/
271 = 369 cnt/smp².
3. Now set the motor into velocity mode and thereby activate the motor.
Ex. The motor needs to be activated by setting it into velocity mode, so we need to
set the mode register to the value 1. Mode = 1 which is velocity mode, now the motor will use the acceleration and the velocity just configured.
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 and Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209
and Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226
68
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.6
3.6.2
Examples
Running Position control (JVL profile)
Running the motor in position control requires that the mode register is set for position
control. The following registers is of particular interest when position mode is used.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
"Actual position" -P_IST, register 10
"Actual velocity" -V_IST, register 12
"Follow error" - The actual position error, register 20
"Motor load mean" - average motor load, register 16
"Error/Status" -register 35
"Requested position" -P_SOLL, register 3
"Requested velocity" -V_SOLL, register 5
"Requested acceleration" -A_SOLL, register 6
In this mode the position is controlled by applying a requested position to the "P_SOLL"
-register and the actual position is monitored in the "P_IST" register. The V_SOLL and
A_SOLL registers sets the velocity and acceleration used when positioning occurs.
10 Actual position, P_IST value is sent back in
this word
12 Actual velocity, V_IST is sent back in this word
20 Follow error, the position error
16 Motor load mean. The mean load on the motor
35 Error/Status holds information regarding motion
status and error status/code if any
2
Operating mode is used to enable/disable the motor
Values: Passive mode = 0
Position mode = 2
TT3017GB
3.6.3
3
Requested position, Sets the P_SOLL value.
5
Velocity, sets the V_SOLL requested velocity value
The resolution is 100 RPM = 277 counts/sample
6
Acceleration, requested acceleration
0
Not used - Any register can be inserted here
General considerations
The register 35 in the motor holds information on the actual error/status. So it is crucial
that this register is configured in the cyclic data and thereby obtained and monitored in
the Master. In case of an error situation the motor will stop and the cause will be present
in the register 35 and hence in the I/O -data.
This register also holds information on the motion status such as:
- In position, bit 4
- Accelerating, bit 5
- Decelerating, bit 6
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 and Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209
The JVL motor is basically put into a working mode and into a passive mode where the
motor axle is de-energized, by setting register 2 into either 0 = "passive mode" or into
one of the supported modes.
Example.
1= "Velocity mode" / 2= "Position mode" / etc.
So in order to Stop or Start the motor this register can be supported in the I/O data or
by sending an SDO message.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
69
3.6
3.6.4
Examples
Homing using only cyclic I/O (JVL profile).
When doing a homing (Zero search), with only cyclic I/O, some preconditions have to be
met:
Zero search position, zero search velocity and zero search torque (torque only for MAC
motors) has to be set in MacTalk in the "Main" tab, and saved in flash in the motor once
and for all.
TT3083GB
Startup mode should be set to position, for the motor to stay in position after the homing
sequence. And this setting should also be saved in flash.
TT3084GB
70
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
3.6
Examples
Register 2 (Operating mode) has to be present in BOTH the cyclic read words and cyclic
write words.
TT3085GB
Procedure in the PLC:
• Treat the transmitted Register 2 as "Requested_Mode" and the received register 2 as
"Actual_Mode".
• When homing is wanted, set the "Requested_Mode" to one of the values 12, 13 or
14 depending of the requested homing mode (12 = Torque based zero search
mode (only MAC motors). 13 = Forward/only zero search mode. 14 = Forward+backward zero search mode (only MAC motors) .). For a comprehensive
description of the homing modes, refer to the general MAC motor manual LB0047-xxGB.
• Observe that the "Actual_Mode" is changing to the homing mode. Now the module
is blocking cyclic writes TO the motor. Cyclic reads is still active.
• Wait for register 35 "Error status" bit 4 to be active =IN_POSITION. (Indicates that
homing is finished).
• Then change "Requested_Mode" to whatever needed. The blocking of cyclic writes
to the motor is then released by the module.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
71
3.6
3.6.5
Examples
Relative positioning (JVL profile).
There are a number of ways to do relative positioning, but the one explained here is very
simple, and can be used with a constant distance, or exchangeable distance, to move every time it is requested.
Preconditions:
Place the module command register (register 983040 in MacTalk) in the cyclic write list.
The cyclic setup, could for example look like this:
TT3086GB
Procedure in the PLC:
1. Set up register P7 in motor to requested relative offset.
2. Make sure one net cycle has passed, so P7 resides in the motor.
3. Issue command 0x800000F1 (0x80000071 if the device is a MISxxxxxxECxxxx) in
module command register (register 983040 in MacTalk).
4. Make sure one net cycle has passed, so command is interpreted by the motor.
5. Set module command register to zero. This will prepare the Ethernet module for
new commands.
6. If needed then monitor register 35 (Error status): When bit 4 is set (in position), then
the move is finished.
7. When a new relative move is requested, go to step 3.
You may also have the P7 register in the cyclic write list, thereby enabling easy change of
the relative distance to move.
72
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4
EthernetIP® Users Guide
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
73
4.1
Introduction to EthernetIP
MAC Ethernet/IP Module
Type:
MAC00-EI4 (shown) or
MAC00-EI41 (extended I/O)
To be used in following servo products:
MAC50, 095, 140 and 141
MAC400 and MAC402
MAC800
MAC1500 and MAC3000
MIS Ethernet/IP motors.
Type:
MIS34xxxEIxx85 or
MIS43xxxEIxx85
To be used in following stepper products:
- Integrated from factory
TT3042-02GB
4.1.1
Introduction to EtherNet/IP
The JVL MAC00-EIx -module or MISxxxxxxEIxxxx, makes communication using EtherNet/IP possible with the JVL motor. The Ethernet technology gives the advantages of fast
data access using standard off the shelf hardware which again has the advantage of large
accessibility and low prices.
The JVL implementation is done in a way that minimizes the complexity of getting a system up and running but still utilizes the benefits of industrial ethernet.
The JVL EtherNet/IP implementation supports both explicit messaging and I/O messages
with up to 8 free configurable input and output words.
With a basic knowledge of the JVL motor operation through the register structure and a
basic knowledge of the EtherNet/IP technology, a motor can be setup and controlled in
a very short time without first doing extensive studies in complex motion control standards e.t.c.
EtherNet/IP is basically divided in 2 groups of data, explicit and I/O messages in other
words messages requiring fast data response time and data not so time critical typically
used for configuration purposes. In the EtherNet/IP terminology these messages are also
called Explicit messages (not time critical, none cyclic exchanged) and I/O messages (time
critical, cyclic exchanged).
In the motion control world, time critical data would be actual position, actual status and
actual speed and actual torque where data not time critical would be such as motor temperature and setup parameters.
(continued next page).
74
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.1
Introduction to EthernetIP
EtherNet/IP is object based similar to DeviceNet and follows the standards issued by
ODVA.
For more information on EtherNet/IP please visit www.ODVA.org for further details on
EtherNet/IP and to get the EtherNet/IP standard specification issued by ODVA.
The JVL implementation supports manufacture specific objects to gain access to each
register in the motor.
This manual assumes that the servomotor user manual has been read and a base knowledge using the servomotor and the configuration software MacTalk is acquired.
The examples and screen shots in this manual are taken from MacTalk and a Rockwell
RSLogix5000 application.
Please be aware that other PLC vendors than Rockwell exist.
4.1.2
Abbreviations
The below general used terms are useful to know before reading the following chapters.
100Base -Tx 100 MBit Ethernet on twisted pairs.
IP
Internet Protocol - IP address ~ the logical address of the device which is user
configurable.
MAC
Media Access Controller - MAC address ~ the hardware address of the device.
MacTalk A windows PC based program supplied from JVL. This is an overall program
to install, adjust and monitor the function of the motor and a module installed
in the motor.
4.1.3
TCP
Transfer Control Protocol (an IP based protocol used widely on the internet)
UDP
User Datagram (an IP based protocol used widely on the internet)
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (Automatic configuration of IP address
netmask and gateway from a DHCP server).
Daisy chaining
Up to 64 units (nodes) can be daisy chained. By daisy chained means making a direct cable
from the master in the system to motor 1 at the "L/A IN" connector at MAC motors and
the "CN2" connector at the MIS motors.
Continue from motor 1 "L/A OUT" (MAC) or "CN3" (MIS) to motor 2 “L/A IN”/CN3 etc.
This method is saving hardware since no switch(es) is needed and can often be the simplest way of doing the wiring.
The disadvantage is that the data will be delayed slightly depending on how many motors
that are daisy chained and the network load will be significant if a larger number of motors is connected this way.
Another and more common solution is to use a switch after the master and then distribute data to each node from this switch. This solution has a minimal delay of the data
stream.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
75
4.1
4.1.4
Introduction to EthernetIP
EthernetIP specification
The JVL implementation supports standard objects as well as manufacturer specific objects to gain access to each register in the motor and in the module.
Supported standard EthernetIP classes
Type
Class
Identity Object, class
Message router object, class
Assembly object, class
TCP/IP interface object, class
Ethernet link object, class
0x01
0x02
0x04
0xF5
0xF6
On top of this the JVL manufacturer specific class objects has been added.
Supporting manufacturer specific classes
Type
Class
Motor registers
Module registers
0x64
0x65
Identity object class 0x01
Holds information about the JVL device on the network. Typical used by other devices
to identify devices on the network.
(for further specification please refer to the EtherNet/IP approximately.)
Message router object class 0x02
Handles all messages to/from object's in the device.
Assembly object class 0x04
Object that binds all IO data to a connection point.
TCP/IP interface object class 0xF5
Holds all information on the Ethernet connection, such as the IP-address, Network mask
and GateWay.
Ethernet link object class 0xF6
Holds information on link specific counters and instances associated with the communication interface.
Motor registers object class 0x64
Access to all registers in the Motor.
Module registers object class 0x65
Access to all registers in the Module.
76
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.2
Using none cyclic messages
None cyclic messages in the EtherNet/IP domain is called Explicit messages.
This message type is typically used to perform configuration and other none-time critical
operations.
Explicit messages can be send as a connected or unconnected message.
All registers in the motor and in the EthernetIP module can be accessed explicitly using
object classes 0x64 and 0x65 respectively. Please see paragraphs 4.2.6 and 4.2.7
4.2.1
Type definitions:
UINT
16bit
DINT
32bit
STR
String of ASCII-chars
4.2.2
Identity object class 0x01
Holds data on different module specific data.
Instance = 1
Attr. ID Access Name
Data type
Description
1
R
Vendor ID
UINT
JVL vendor ID = 936 (0x3A8)
2
R
Device Type
UINT
Value=10
3
R
Product code
UINT
Value = 1
4
R
Revision
UINT
Major = 1.byte, minor = 2. byte
5
R
Status
UINT
Status
6
R
Serial number
DINT
Serial number
7
R
Product name
STR
“MAC00-EIx”
See the EtherNet/IP spec. for further details section Vol2 sect.5-3.
Supported Services
0x1
Get_Attribute_All
0x10 Set_Attribute_Single
0xE
Get_Attribute_Single
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
77
4.2
4.2.3
Using none cyclic messages
Assembly object class 0x04
Holds pre-configured motor registers to be accessed.
Instances:
0x64 Write Data to motor register.
0x65 Read motor register data.
Attr. ID Access Name
Data type
3
R/W
Get/Set Assembly 20 bytes
4
R
Bytes
UINT
Description
Get/Set all assembly data
Bytes transferred in assembly
Supported Services
0x10 Set_Attribute_Single
0xE Get_Attribute_Single
This object can be used to access the predefined registers, configured from MacTalk.
They are also accessed when using the implicit connection cyclically.
If other registers than the one defined in the assembly object needs to be accessed then
the class 0x64 needs to be used. This class accesses each register in the motor for a more
dynamically way of controlling registers explicitly.
The vendor specific class 0x64 is specified in details later in this chapter.
4.2.4
TCP/IP object class 0xF5
Holds data on different module specific data.
Attr. ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
0xE
Status
DINT
Status bit-field
2
0xE
Configuration capability
DINT
DINTbit field = 5 (BOOTP+DHCP)
3
0x10
Configuration control
DINT
Bit field = 0 (use NV-setup)
4
0xE
Physical link object
6 bytes
Size + path
5
0x10
TCP/IP settings
22bytes
IP + sub net + GTW info e.t.c.
6
0x10
Host name
DINT
Host name
See the EtherNet/IP spec. for further details section Vol2 sect.5-3.
Supported Services
0x1
Get_Attribute_All
0x10 Set_Attribute_Single
0xE
Get_Attribute_Single
To change the IP address, Subnet mask or gateway. The object 0xF5, attr 5 is used.
The data format consists of 22 bytes.
Byte 0 - 3 :
Byte 4 - 7 :
Byte 8 - 11 :
Byte 12 - 21 :
IP Address, exc. 192.168.0.58
= 0x3A 0x0 0xA8 0xC0
Subnet mask, exc. 255.255.255.0 = 0x0 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF
Gateway, exc. 192.168.1.1
= 0x1 0x1 0xA8 0xC0
Not used, must be set to 0x0
These settings can be read from the motor using the service 0xE, Get attribute single and
the motor will return the 22 bytes of the current setting.
Changing the settings can be done by using the service 0x10, set attribute single.
78
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.2
4.2.5
Using none cyclic messages
TCP/IP object class 0xF6
Holds information for a IEEE 802.3 communication interface
Attr. ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
0xE
Interface speed
DINT
Speed in Mbit/s
2
0xE
Interface status
DINT
Bit field
3
0xE
MAC-address
6 bytes
MAC
4
--
Not Implemented
--
--
5
--
Not Implemented
--
--
6
0x10
Interface Control
DINT
Bit field
See EtherNet/IP spec. for further details Vol2 sect. 5-4
Supported Services
0x1
Get_Attribute_All
0x10
Set_Attribute_Single
0xE
Get_Attribute_Single
4.2.6
Vendor specific JVL object class 0x64
Holds pre-configured motor registers to be accessed.
Instances
1 - 255 Motor registers
Attr. ID Access
Name
1
Get/Set register
0xE / 0x10
Data type Description
DINT
Get/Set the specified motor register
Supported Services
0x10
Set_Attribute_Single
0xE
Get_Attribute_Single
!
Please notice: Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendex. Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 and Motor registers MAC400 3000, page 209 and Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
79
4.2
Using none cyclic messages
E.g. the motor shall be operated in velocity mode.
This requires that the mode register 2 = 0x1.
Velocity mode is 0x1, Position mode = 0x2 e.t.c.
All modes of operation is further described in the servo manual.
The explicit message is setup as follows.
Package:
Class:
Service:
Instance:
Attribute:
0x64
0x10 (write data)
0x2 (mode register in the motor)
0x1
Data: 0x00 00 00 01
This will set the mode register in the motor into velocity -mode
Motor Register 2 = 1
To read a value from the motor use the service code 0xE.
After setting the motor into velocity mode it will start running. Now the actual velocity
can be read while the motor is running.
Package:
Class:
Service:
Instance:
Attribute:
0x64
0xE (Read data)
0xC (Actual velocity)
0x1
Now the response data is received:
Data: 0x00 00 01 15
This value 0x115 (hex) is the decimal value 277 which corresponds to 100 RPM. This is
the default velocity value.
So basically the motor can be controlled and all needed data can be retrieved using explicit messages. This method is not suitable when data is needed fast and frequently for
this purpose I/O messaging (Implicit messaging) is used.
Not only motor registers are accessible using explicit messages, also static data such as
serial numbers, network status etc. are accessible. These informations are accessible according to the EtherNet/IP standard and follows the implemented classes: 0x1, 0x4,
0xF5, 0xF6. These classes are explained in details in the EtherNet/IP standard (obtained
from www.ODVA.org) and in
For further info please See “Examples” on page 100.
80
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.2
4.2.7
Using none cyclic messages
Vendor specific JVL object class 0x65
Holds pre-configured EthernetIP Module registers.
Instances
1 - 63 EthernetIP module registers.
Please see chapter 8 for a complete list with register descriptions.
Attr. ID Access
Name
1
Get/Set register
0xE / 0x10
Data type Description
DINT
Get/Set the specified motor register
Supported Services
0x10
Set_Attribute_Single
0xE
Get_Attribute_Single
Example: The digital outputs need to be set.
Package:
Class
Service
Instance
Attribute
Data
0x65 (Access module registers)
0x10 (Write data)
0x07 (Digital outputs register in the module)
0x1
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 (Set the O1 output)
This will set the O1 output in the EthernetIP module.
Example: Read of digital inputs.
Package:
Class
Service
Instance
Attribute
Data
0x65 (Access module registers)
0x0E (Read data)
0x47 (Digital inputs register in the module)
0x1
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x03
The value 0x03 corresponds to IN1 and IN2 set. (The IN2-IN4 is only available in the
MAC00-Ex41 modules).
This method is not suitable when data is needed very fast and frequently. For this purpose I/O messaging (Implicit messaging) should be used.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
81
4.3
4.3.1
Using cyclic I/O-messages
Cyclic messages.
I/O messaging also referred to as Implicit messages is used when data is needed fast and
frequent. That is fast dynamic changing data such as position, velocity, torque etc.
It is mandatory to have the error/status register (register 35) as one of the slave to master
registers. If not the motor will overrule the configuration and place register 35 anyway.
These data is sent cyclic using the assembly class object 0x04.
If module registers is placed in cyclic R/W, then the register number has to be calculated
as follows:
Register number = 65536 x sub index.
Example: module command (sub-index 15) = 65536 x 15 = register 983040
When module registers (register numbers above 65535) are chosen, they have to be
placed after the motor registers in the list of cyclic registers.
The JVL assembly consists of 8I/O words that are freely configurable. This means that 8
input motor registers can be selected and another 8 motor registers for output purposes.
The terms Input and output is considered from the scanner so input is data flowing from
the motor to the scanner and output is vice versa.
On the EthernetIP -tab in MacTalk these I/O’s are configured.
NB! If an index is set to zero (No selection), then the following indexes is discarded.
Thereby computing resources in the drive are released, which makes much faster cycle
times possibly. Please see next paragraph.
Here the actual position is transfered
in the 1. word of data.
The operation mode is written in the
motor.
TT3014GB
All words are 4 bytes.
In the example shown above the 5 read words (data read from the motor) are:
Motor register 10 (Actual position)
Motor register 12 (Actual velocity)
Motor register 20 (Follow error)
Motor register 16 (Motor load - mean)
Motor register 35 (Error status)
The actual motor position
The actual velocity of the motor
The actual follow error in the motor movement
The load the motor is experiencing over time
Bit-field that holds both error information and
status of movements etc.
The motor registers 35, 36, and 211 should NOT be inserted in the cyclic write list, as
this may give unpredictable results. For clear of errors, reset of motor etc. please insert
the module command register (=983040 in Mactalk) in the cyclic write list and send
commands this way. For a list of commands for the module command register please
Register Overview, page 172.
82
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.3
Using cyclic I/O-messages
The 5 write registers are configured to hold the following data:
Motor register 2 (Operating mode)
Motor register 6 (Acceleration)
Motor register 5 (Velocity)
Motor register 7 (Torque)
Motor register 3 (Requested position)
0=passive, 1=Velocity, 2=position etc
The requested acceleration to be used.
The requested Velocity to be used.
The max. allowed Torque to be used
The requested position if operating mode = 2
(position)
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 and Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 and
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226
!
4.3.2
Please notice: Even though all registers is transmitted as 32 bit, some of them
originally derive from 16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those situations it
is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
Minimum cycle time
The minimum cycle time is the minimum amount of time between each cyclic request
on the Ethernet. If operating with values lower than those listed, data loss will occur.
No. of motor registers
transmitted in each
direction
Motor series
MAC050 to
MAC141
Motor series
MAC400 to
MAC3000
Motor series
MIS34x and 43x
1/1
2/2
3/3
4/4
5/5
6/6
7/7
8/8
4ms *
8ms *
12ms *
16ms *
20ms *
24ms *
28ms *
32ms *
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
1ms **
* The minimum cycle times, is only valid if not sending any acyclic requests while in any
operating mode. MODULE registers can be appended as the last registers in the list,
at no extra timing cost. Motor register 35 shall be in the cyclic read list, as it is also
used internally.
** Restrained by the EthernetIP protocol it self.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
83
4.3
4.3.3
Using cyclic I/O-messages
Cyclic data in the PLC
The complete list of Controller tags defined.
Tt3027GB
Write assembly
84
Read assembly
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.3
Using cyclic I/O-messages
MacTalk IO assembly setup, seen in the controller tag list and read from the PLC when
the connection has been established.
MacTalk setup:
Explanation
2 - Operating Mode = 2 (position mode)
10 - Actual Position = 200000
12 - Actual Velocity = 0 Cnt/s
169 - Actual Torque = 0 (1024 = 300%)
35 - Error Status = 524304 (no errors)
Explanation
TT3028GB
3 - Requested position = 200000
5 - Velocity = 8000 (8000 = 2820 RPM)
6 - Acceleration = 2 Cnt/s² (2 = 543 RPM/s²)
7 - Torque = 512 (512 = 150%)
0 - No Selection (value is not updated)
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
85
4.4
4.4.1
Commissioning
Necessary equipment
To get started you will need the following equipment.
!
• MAC motor with an EthernetIP module (MAC00-EIx) or a MISxxxxxxEIxxxx motor.
• A PLC or master controller with EthernetIP interface and relevant software
• A PC installed with MacTalk software in order to setup the MAC motor.
• Relevant signal and low voltage cables such as Ethernet cable, 24V power
cable, RS232 cable. Please also see the section Cable accessories, page 24.
• A 24VDC supply able to deliver min.1000mA@24V pr. motor used.
• Concerning AC high voltage supply for the MAC motor please refer to the
general MAC motor user manual (LB0047-xx)
The general MAC or MIS motor user manual can be downloaded from http://www.jvl.dk
86
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.4
4.4.2
Commissioning
Indicator LED’s - description.
The LED's are used for indicating states and faults of module. There is one power LED,
two link/activity LED's (one for each Ethernet connector), and 2 status LED's.
MAC Module Indicators
and label overview
MODule status
indicator
MIS Motor Indicators
and label overview
Power indicator
NETwork status indicator
MODule status indicator
Line activity indicator (CN2)
Line activity indicator (CN3)
NETwork status
indicator
Power
indicator
MAC address
(placed at front)
Line activity
indicators
TT3043-02GB
MAC address
Hardware serial number
Hardware serial number
LED indicator descriptions - Covers both MAC and MIS.
LED Text Colour Constant
MAC / MIS
off
Constant
on
(Green)
Blinking
(Green)
Constant
on
(Red)
Blinking
(Red)
Blinking
(Red/
Green)
Flickering
L/A IN /
L2
Green
No valid
Ethernet
connection.
Ethernet is
connected.
-
-
-
-
Activity on line
L/A OUT /
L3
Green
No valid
Ethernet
connection.
Ethernet is
connected.
-
-
-
-
Activity on line
MOD /
L1
Red/
Green
No power
applied
Module status OK
Module not
configured
Major
module fault
Minor
module
fault
Self test in
progress
-
NET /
ERR
Red/
Green
No IP
address
CIP conection established
No CIP
connection
Duplicate IP
address
Connection timeout
Self test in
progress
-
PWR
Green
Power is not
applied.
Power is
applied.
-
-
-
-
Power is applied
to module but no
communication
with motor
Notes:
Blinking: Flashing with equal on and off periods of 200ms (2.5Hz). Flickering: Rapid flashing with a period
of approximately. 50ms (10 Hz).
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
87
4.4
Commissioning
4.4.3
MacTalk Ethernet configuration
The module is by default setup with the following Ethernet configuration:
TT3022-02GB
After adjusting all settings press “Apply and save“
for the settings to take effect and for permanently saving the setup.
Information such as EtherNet/IP firmware version, MAC-address and module status is
displayed in the “Status” -field. Notice that the MAC-address is unique for each module
and can not be changed.
A label at the front plate of the module also indicate the MAC-address.
Basic use of MacTalk is described in the MAC-motor manual (lit. no. LB0047-xxGB)
If DHCP is enabled, then make sure a DHCP server is available on the same local network.
88
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.4
Commissioning
Setting up IP addresses and general usage of the Rockwell CompactLogix PLC with the
software package Logix5000 is beyond the scope of this example.
The following guideline is based on the JVL MAC400 motor with the factory setup.
1. Apply 24V, open MacTalk and setup the ethernet settings as required and the IO assembly (cyclic data setup) according to the following:
2. Press the “Apply and save” -button for permanent storage of the EthernetIP -settings.
3. Switch off the 24V supply while connecting the Ethernet cable to the switch/PLC.
4. Re-apply 24V set the PLC into “RUN” -mode.Now we should be able to control the
motor.
5. Start by setting the profile data such as, Velocity, acceleration and Torque. According
to the following:
Explanation
3 - Requested position = 200000
5 - Velocity = 8000 (8000 = 2820 RPM)
6 - Acceleration = 2 Cnt/s² (2 = 543 RPM/s²)
7 - Torque = 512 (512 = 150%)
0 - No Selection (value is not updated)
TT3031GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
89
4.4
Commissioning
6. Now we will set the motor into an active mode (position mode), find the Controller
tag “Mode” enter 2, find the tag “Set_Mode” enter 1. Now the motor is active and
will start moving to the entered position in the “Servo_1:O_Data[0]” which is assigned to the requested position register in the motor. When the motor reaches the
position it will stop and hold this position.
From MacTalk the actual mode (see the status-panel) is changed from “Passive” to
Position and the motion progress can be followed. Remember to change the
“Set_Mode” tag back to 0 to stop the sending of Msg2 -messages.
Logix 5000 tag list
MacTalk status bar
Changing the “Servo_1:O_Data[0]”-tag will result in an immediate repositioning of
the axle in the motor. This value is defined in the IO assembly and is interchanged
cyclic.
To stop the motor set “Mode” = 0 and set “Set_Mode” = 1 to apply the mode setting. Reset “Set_Mode” to 0 again to stop sending Msg2. -messages.
7. To activate the explicit message Msg1 set the commanded position to a far greater
value. For example 200000000 as illustrated below.
TT3032GB
8. Find the “Read_Pos” -tag and set this to 1. Now the current position of the motor is
seen in the “Actual Position” -tag.
90
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.4
4.4.4
Commissioning
How to setup a Rockwell RSLogix5000 Project.
After creating a new project in the RSLogix5000 application the JVL motor must be added to the Ethernet bus-system in the project.
This is done by right clicking the “Ethernet-Module” icon in the project manager as illustrated below:
Select “New Module” and the following screen appears:
Expand the “Communications” - list.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
91
4.4
Commissioning
Find and select the “Generic Ethernet module”.
TT3048-01GB
Now the module parameter needs to be entered.
Fill in the information as illustrated below:
TT3049-01GB
The IP-address illustrated is the factory default and may be changed according to the local settings.
After pressing “Ok” the JVL motor is added to the project and can now be reached by
the PLC.
!
92
A demonstration video showing how to set-up the system can be seen using
this link: http://www.jvl.dk
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.5
4.5.1
Implementation guidelines
Introduction
The following chapters describe the typical usage of the JVL Motor and which registers
to use in the different applications.
The chapter should be considered as a general guideline to get started with the
EthernetIP integration of the JVL Motor.
!
IMPORTANT!: Please notice that the motor will be active and may start
moving when the mode register (reg. 2) is set to anything than 0 (passive
mode). The MAC400, 800, 1500 and 3000 will require AC supply in order
to be active.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
93
4.5
4.5.2
Implementation guidelines
Running Velocity control
To use the JVL motor in velocity mode the following registers are basically of interest.
1.
2.
3.
4.
“Mode” - Mode register 2
“V_SOLL” - Velocity register 5
“A_SOLL” - Acceleration register 6
“Error/Status” - Error and status register 35
So, to control these registers the assembly object needs to configured.
From MacTalk the setup is configured as this.
The actual velocity is transferred in the 1. word
The 5. word holds the data from the error/status
register. This data is a bitfield structure holding both
motion related information and present error type.
The operation mode is set in the 1. Word,
0=passive mode and 1=Velocity mode.
Use passive mode to stop the motor and
velocity mode to start the motor.
The requested velocity is set in the 3. word
The requested acceleration is set in the 5. word
TT3016GB
With the settings illustrated above we initiate the velocity mode by writing 0x1 to the first
word-value, this is velocity mode.
From the scanner the registers is accessed using the assembly object and accessing the
registers R/W on words 1-5.
1. Set the needed velocity. V_SOLL = V x 2.77 [rpm]
Ex. We need the motor to run with a constant speed of 1200 RPM. So, V_SOLL =
1200/2,77 = 433 counts/sample
2. Set the needed acceleration. A_SOLL = A x 271 [RPM/s²]
Ex. We need the motor to accelerate with 100000 RPM/s² so, A_SOLL = 100000/
271 = 369 counts/sample².
3. Now set the motor into velocity mode and thereby activate the motor.
Ex. The motor needs to be activated by setting it into velocity mode, so we need to
set the mode register to the value 1. Mode = 1 which is velocity mode, now the motor will use the acceleration and the velocity just configured.
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 and Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226
94
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.5
4.5.3
Implementation guidelines
Running Position control
Running the motor in position control requires that the mode register is set for position
control. The following registers is of particular interest when position mode is used.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
“Actual position” -P_IST, register 10
“Actual velocity” -V_IST, register 12
“Follow error” - The actual position error, register 20
“Motor load mean” - average motor load, register 16
“Error/Status” -register 35
“Requested position” -P_SOLL, register 3
“Requested velocity” -V_SOLL, register 5
“Requested acceleration” -A_SOLL, register 6
In this mode the position is controlled by applying a requested position to the “P_SOLL”
-register and the actual position is monitored in the “P_IST” register. The V_SOLL and
A_SOLL registers sets the velocity and acceleration used when the positioning occurs.
10 Actual position, P_IST value is sent back in
this word
12 Actual velocity, V_IST is sent back in this word
20 Follow error, the position error
16 Motor load mean. The mean load on the motor
35 Error/Status holds information regarding motion
status and error status/code if any
2
Operating mode is used to enable/disable the motor
Values: Passive mode = 0
Position mode = 2
TT3017GB
4.5.4
3
Requested position, Sets the P_SOLL value.
5
Velocity, sets the V_SOLL requested velocity value
The resolution is 100 RPM = 277 counts/sample
6
Acceleration, requested acceleration
0
Not used - Any register can be inserted here
Error/status handling.
The register 35 in the motor holds information on the actual error/status. So it is crucial
that this register is configured in the assembly object and thereby obtained and monitored in the scanner. In case of an error situation the motor will stop and the cause will
be present in the register 35 and hence in the I/O -data.
This register also holds information on the motion status such as:
- In position, bit 4
- Accelerating, bit 5
- Decelerating, bit 6
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix. Motor registers
MAC050 - 141, page 200 and Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or Motor registers
MIS34x & 43x, page 226.
The JVL motor is basically put into a working mode and into a passive mode where the
motor axle is de-energized, by setting register 2 into either 0 = “passive mode” or into
one of the supported modes.
Example.
1= “Velocity mode” / 2= “Position mode” / etc.
So in order to Stop or Start the motor this register can be supported in the I/O data or
by sending an explicit message.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
95
4.6
Configuration with explicit messages
Basically a JVL motor works by loading a configuration into RAM memory from the none
volatile flash memory when 24V power is applied and the motor is initialized.
The motor only holds one configuration and this configuration can be stored into the NV
flash memory.
Several approaches can be used to configure the motor with data and finally saving them
permanently in the NV flash.
A very general approach could be by using the PC-based software tool MacTalk, which
offers both basic motor setup and control and the possibility to save all parameters in a
separate file for backup purposes.
This software package utilizes the serial or network connection to communicate with the
motor from any standard Windows PC.
Configuration over EtherNet/IP is possible by using explicit messages to address each
register to be setup and then command the motor to save the configuration in flash afterwards for permanent storage.
Using this method the motor only needs to be setup once and is easy achievable from
the scanner itself either as an initialization routine each time the PLC initializes, and
thereby avoiding the permanent storage in the motor or simply using a configuration routine that sends the required explicit messages to address the needed registers followed
by the message to save the settings permanently.
IP-address and other network settings still needs to be setup using MacTalk.
E.g. Setting up a motor sending messages explicitly
We want to change the default motor settings and save them permanently into flash.
The following registers needs to be saved:
The registers needed to be addressed are:
Velocity (V_SOLL)
= Register 5
Acceleration (A_SOLL)= Register 6
Torque (T_SOLL)
= Register 7
To address individual registers explicitly we use the class 0x64 for the purpose.
96
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
Configuration with explicit messages
First we change the Velocity setting, we want the motor to spin with 1000 RPM.
The message for addressing V_SOLL is formed:
TT3018GB
We need to scale 1000 RPM to the correct value in the motor the factor is 1 RPM = 2.77
counts/sample so we need to send the value 2770 = 0x00000AD2.
The instance refers to the register number, so we need to set instance to 5 (V_SOLL)
Please notice that the value is represented as 32bit.
Next we set the acceleration to be used.
We need the acceleration to be 20000 RPM /s2
This value also needs to be scaled, the factor is 1 RPM/s² = 0.0036 counts/sample² so, in
order to reach 20000 we need to send the value 72 = 0x00000048.
Acceleration is instance 6 (A_SOLL).
TT3019GB
4.6
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
97
4.6
Configuration with explicit messages
TT3020GB
Then configure the maximum motor torque to be used.
The motor can reach a peak torque of 300% the rated value. This value corresponds to
1023 in the register. We need 25% so we write 255 = 0x000000FF to instance 7
(T_SOLL).
TT3021GB
And finally we send the command that saves the settings permanently in flash. This is basically a matter of writing the “save in flash” command to the command register 211 in
the motor. The command is 2 and the instance is 211 = 0xD3. Value = 0x00000002.
Now the motor saves the setting and resets.
It is required to toggle the 24V power in order to do a internal synchronization.
98
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.7
Using and Selecting an Ethernet switch
Depending on the network size and requested package interval (RPI) a suitable switch
must be used. Also if multiple separated networks needs to be connected a switch is
used.
Depending on the actual size of the network different requirements needs to be meet.
Generally using EtherNet/IP with a fair package interval a 1 Gbps switch is typical adequate along with the following features:
• Auto negotiation, full duplex 100 MBit
• Port mirroring for network analysing and troubleshooting purposes. This feature
makes it possible to route traffic out on a separate port connected to a network analyser for debugging purposes and general performance monitoring.
The JVL EthernerNetIP module has a small build in 2 port switch useful if a small amount
of motors is connected in a daisy chaining topology.
The disadvantage of this approach is that the package RPI timing is reduced as each motor
needs to handle the incoming traffic for the other motors connected on the line.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
99
4.8
4.8.1
Examples
Rockwell RSLogix example 1.
This is a simple example demonstrating the usage of both explicit messages and IO-assemblies to control a JVL MAC400 servo motor.
This example holds a few tags to control the inputs and outputs and a 3 rung ladder program to demonstrate the explicit message usage.
With this example it is possible to control the positioning of the motor using the “Position
-mode” and set profile data such as velocity, acceleration and torque parameters using
the IO-assembly.
The example is developed for use on a CompactLogix L23E PLC using the Rockwell
Logix500 software package and MacTalk from JVL.
The JVL MacTalk application is used to setup the IO assembly to fit the example.
Although this example expects default setup in the JVL motor, the IO assembly needs to
be setup according to the following MacTalk setup (located at the EthernetIP tab).
PLC
Motor
PLC
TT3023GB
Motor
The fixed sized assembly instances is divided into 5 read words and 5 write words.
4.8.2
The RSLogix ladder program.
3 different messages for both setting data and retrieving data from the motor. All 3 messages are triggered by separate variables from the controller tag-list.
TT3024GB
100
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.8
4.8.3
Examples
Message descriptions.
Msg1 reads information from the motor and is setup in the following way:
Reads (GET_ATTRIBUTE_SINGLE) the actual position register in the motor (instance
10) and stores the 4 byte value in the “ACTUAL POSITION” tag.
Register 10: “actual position”
Stores the value
into this tag
TT3025GB
Please notice the mixed decimal and hexadecimal notation used.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
101
4.8
Examples
Message 2 and 3 (Msg2, Msg3) are writing values to specific registers in the motor. They
are configured in the following way:
Writes (SET_ATTRIBUTE_SINGLE) the value from the “MODE”-tag into the motor register 2 (Operation mode).
Register 2: “actual mode”
4 byte tag value to write in
register 2 (mode register)
Tt3026GB
Please notice the mixed decimal and hexadecimal notation used.
Explicit messages are always 4 bytes long and uses Class 0x64 to access the internal motor registers.
The instance refers to the actual motor register.
Instance = 2 points to the motor active mode -register.
Explicit messages are typical used for configuration purpose or for rare data update situation that does not require a cyclic update timing.
102
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.8
4.8.4
Examples
Homing using only cyclic I/O (JVL profile).
When doing a homing (Zero search), with only cyclic I/O, some preconditions have to be
met:
Zero search position, zero search velocity and zero search torque (torque only for MAC
motors) has to be set in MacTalk in the "Main" tab, and saved in flash in the motor once
and for all.
TT3083GB
Startup mode should be set to position, for the motor to stay in position after the homing
sequence. And this setting should also be saved in flash.
TT3084GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
103
4.8
Examples
Register 2 (Operating mode) has to be present in BOTH the cyclic read words and cyclic
write words.
TT3085GB
Procedure in the PLC:
• Treat the transmitted Register 2 as "Requested_Mode" and the received register 2 as
"Actual_Mode".
• When homing is wanted, set the "Requested_Mode" to one of the values 12, 13 or
14 depending of the requested homing mode (12 = Torque based zero search
mode (only MAC motors). 13 = Forward/only zero search mode. 14 = Forward+backward zero search mode (only MAC motors) .). For a comprehensive
description of the homing modes, refer to the general MAC motor manual LB0047-xxGB.
• Observe that the "Actual_Mode" is changing to the homing mode. Now the module
is blocking cyclic writes TO the motor. Cyclic reads is still active.
• Wait for register 35 "Error status" bit 4 to be active =IN_POSITION. (Indicates that
homing is finished).
• Then change "Requested_Mode" to whatever needed. The blocking of cyclic writes
to the motor is then released by the module.
104
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
4.8
4.8.5
Examples
Relative positioning.
There are a number of ways to do relative positioning, but the one explained here is very
simple, and can be used with a constant distance, or exchangeable distance, to move every time it is requested.
Preconditions:
Place the module command register (register 983040 in MacTalk) in the cyclic write list.
The cyclic setup, could for example look like this:
TT3086GB
Procedure in the PLC:
1. Set up register P7 in motor to requested relative offset.
2. Make sure one net cycle has passed, so P7 resides in the motor.
3. Issue command 0x800000F1 (0x80000071 if the MISxxxxxxEIxxxx motor is used) in
module command register (register 983040 in MacTalk).
4. Make sure one net cycle has passed, so command is interpreted by the motor.
5. Set module command register to zero. This will prepare the Ethernet module for
new commands.
6. If needed then monitor register 35 (Error status): When bit 4 is set (in position), then
the move is finished.
7. When a new relative move is requested, go to step 3.
You may also have the P7 register in the cyclic write list, thereby enabling easy change of
the relative distance to move.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
105
4.9
ODVA Conformance Certificate
TT3091-01GB
106
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5
POWERLINK® Users Guide
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
107
5.1
Introduction to POWERLINK®
MAC Powerlink Module
Type:
MAC00-EL4 (shown) or
MAC00-EL41 (extended I/O)
To be used in following servo products:
MAC50, 095, 140 and 141
MAC400 and MAC402
MAC800
MAC1500 and MAC3000
MIS Powerlink motors.
Type:
MIS34xxxELxx85 or
MIS43xxxELxx85
To be used in following stepper products:
- Integrated from factory
TT3044-02GB
5.1.1
108
Introduction.
Ethernet Powerlink (EPL) is a proven technology, working in real applications worldwide. It embraces standard Ethernet technology and infrastructure, uses standard CAT5
shielded cabling and does not compromise standard Ethernet frames in order to achieve
its results.
Ethernet Powerlink is a truly open technology independently managed by the Ethernet
Powerlink Standardization Group (http://www.ethernet-powerlink.org).
Powerlink operates as a protected segment by design, and connects to a none-deterministic Ethernet network via a gateway/router device. This gateway acts as a defensive barrier against attacks by providing fire wall security measures.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.1
Introduction to POWERLINK®
Unlike standard Ethernet, the Slot Communication Network Management (SCNM) ensures that only one node is accessing the network at a time. The schedule is divided into
an isochronous phase and an asynchronous phase. During the isochronous phase, timecritical data is transferred, while the asynchronous phase provides bandwidth for the
transmission of data that is not time-critical. The Managing Node (MN) grants access to
the physical medium via dedicated poll request messages. As a result, only one Controlled Node (CN) has access to the network at a time, and thus no collisions occur.
Ethernet POWERLINK applies the same protocol technology as CANopen. It defines
SDOs (Service Data Objects), PDOs (Process Data Objects) and the Object Dictionary
structure to manage the parameters.
For general technical data please see Powerlink for MAC or MIS - Technical specifications,
page 197.
Legacy ethernet
EPL Router
(Gateway)
MN
CN
CN
CN
Ethernet hub
TT3033GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
109
5.1
5.1.2
Introduction to POWERLINK®
Abbreviations
Following general used terms are useful to know before reading the following chapters.
100Base-Tx
ASnd
CAN
CANopen
CN
EN
EMCY
EPL
EPSG
ID
IP
MAC
MacTalk
MN
NAT
NMT
PDO
PReq
PRes
SCNM
SDO
SoA
SoC
TCP
UDP
XDD
XML
110
100 MBit Ethernet on twisted pairs
Asynchronous Send (POWERLINK frame type)
Controller Area Network
Application layer protocol used in automation.
Controlled Node (slave on Ethernet Powerlink network)
Exception New (flag in POWERLINK frame)
Emergency Object.
Ethernet PowerLink
Ethernet PowerLink Standardisation Group
Identifier
Internet Protocol - IP address ~ the logical address of the device, which is
user configurable.
Media Access Controller - MAC address ~ the hardware address of the device.
A windows PC based program supplied from JVL. This is an overall program
to install, adjust and monitor the function of the motor and a module installed in the motor.
Managing Node (master on Ethernet Powerlink network)
Network Address Translation (used in EPL router, to reach destinations
outside EPL segment)
Network Management
Process Data Object (for cyclic data)
Poll Request. A frame used in the isochronous phase of the cyclic communication. With Poll Request, the MN requests the CN to send its data.
Poll Response. A frame used in the isochronous phase of the cyclic communication. The CN responses with a Poll Response frame when it receives a
Poll Request from the MN.
Slot Communication Network Management; In a POWERLINK network,
the MN allocates data transfer time for data from each node in a cyclic manner within a guaranteed cycle time. Within each cycle there are slots for
Isochronous Data, and for Asynchronous Data for ad-hoc communication.
The SCNM mechanism ensures that there are no collisions during physical
network access in any of the net worked nodes thus it provides deterministic communication via Legacy Ethernet.
Service Data Object (for acyclic data)
Start of Asynchronous (POWERLINK frame type)
Start of Cyclic (POWERLINK frame type)
Transfer Control Protocol (an IP based protocol used widely on the internet)
User Datagram (an IP based protocol used widely on the internet)
File extension for the device description file.
Extensible Markup Language - used for the device description file.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.2
Ethernet Powerlink communication
In an Ethernet POWERLINK network, one of the nodes, for example a PLC, is designated to function as the MN, the master in the network. All other devices operate as CNs,
slaves in the network. The MN defines the clock pulse for the synchronization of all devices and manages the data communication cycle. In the course of one clock cycle within
which all nodes are addressed, the MN sends Poll Requests (PReq) to all CNs, one after
another. They reply immediately to the prompts with Poll Responses (PRes).
The following time phases exist within one cycle:
- Isochronous phase
- Asynchronous phase
- Idle phase
The MN first sends a Start of Cycle Frame (SoC) signal to all CNs to synchronize the devices. Payload data exchange then proceeds in the isochronous phase. The asynchronous
phase, allows the transfer of large packets that are not time-critical, for example parameterisation data or transfer of IP-based protocols like TCP or UDP. The Idle phase can
be 0. It's possibly for the MN to multiplex the time slots in the isochronous phase, in order to service some CN's more often than others. During system start-up the MN applies
a reduced POWERLINK cycle, without the isochronous phase, in order to configure the
CNs with SDO communication.
For further information, please refer to the Ethernet POWERLINK communication profile specification “EPSG_DS_301_V-1-1-0_01.pdf”, available at the EPSG website http://
www.ethernet-powerlink.org.
Managing Node
Asynchronous
Phase
Isochronous Phase
SoC
PReq
PReq
to CN 1
PReq
to CN 2
PRes
to CN n
from MN
PRes
PRes
PRes
from CN 1
from CN 2
from CN n
SoA
Idle Phase
5.2.1
Protocol specifications
Async.
send
Controlled Node
Powerlink cycle
PRes
SoC
Start of Cyclic :
PReq
Poll Request :
SoA
Start of Acyclic :
Poll Responce :
Async.
send
Async data :
to CN n
PRes
from CN 1
Sent from MN, multi-cast to all Controlled Nodes
Sent from MN, uni-cast to each Controlled Node
Sent from CN, multi-cast to all nodes
from MN
Poll Responce :
Sent from MN, multi-cast to all nodes
Sent from MN, multi-cast to all Controlled Nodes
Sent by any CN, invited by Managing Node
TT3035GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
111
5.2
5.2.2
Protocol specifications
Ethernet POWERLINK® frame structure
POWERLINK messages are encapsulated in Ethernet II frames. The length of the frame
is restricted to the configured size, in order to guarantee the cycle time. Ethernet frames
have a minimum length of 64 bytes and a maximum of 1518 (exclusive preamble). The
Ethernet POWERLINK header contains only 3 bytes. Message type, destination ID and
Source ID. That leaves up to 1497 bytes of payload.
POWERLINK header
8 bytes
14 bytes
1 byte
Preamble Ethernet header Message
type
1 byte
Dest.
ID
-
43 - 1497 bytes
4 bytes
1 byte
Source
ID
Data
Checksum
TT3036GB
5.2.3
Ethernet POWERLINK CN State machine
In Ethernet POWERLINK, a Controlled Node starts up by a common initialization process. All the states are valid when the device is powered and they are sub-states of the
NMT_GS_POWERED superstate.
NMT_GS_INITIALISATION
After system start, the device automatically assumes this state and network functionality begins. NMT_GS_INITIALISATION and all its sub-states are only internal states
of the device. In the NMT_GS_RESET_CONFIGURATION sub-state, the node address of the device is identified and it is determined whether it is configured as a MN
or CN. The JVL MAC00-ELx is a CN and thus, it enters the NMT CN state machine
in the NMT_GS_COMMUNICATING super-state.
NMT_GS_COMMUNICATING
NMT_CS_NOT_ACTIVE
This is a none-permanent state that allows a starting node to recognize the current network state. Time out for SoC, PReq, PRes and SoA frames trigger the
device to enter state NMT_CS_BASIC_ETHERNET.
The NMT_CS_PREOPERATIONAL_1
Transition from NMT_CS_NOT_ACTIVE to
NMT_CS_PRE_OPERATIONAL_1 is triggered by a SoA or SoC frame being received. In this state CN may send a frame only if the MN has authorized it to do
so by a SoA command. There is no PDO communication in this state. Receiving
a SoC frame triggers the transition from NMT_CS_PREOPERATIONAL_1 to
NMT_CS_PREOPERATIONAL_2.
The NMT_CS_PREOPERATIONAL_2
In this state PReq and PRes data may be invalid because PDO mappings may differ. In NMT_CS_EPL_MODE, error recognition (for example, loss of SoC or
PReq) always triggers the transition to NMT_CS_PREOPERATIONAL_1.
The NMT_CS_READY_TO_OPERATE
In this state, the CN signals that it is ready to operate to the MN. It responds to
the PReq query of the MN by sending a PRes frame.
The NMT_CS_OPERATIONAL
NMT Start Node command triggers the transition from
NMT_CS_READY_TO_OPERATE to the NMT_CS_OPERATIONAL. This is
the normal operating state of the CN.
112
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.2
Protocol specifications
The NMT_CS_STOPPED
This state is used for controlled shutdown of a selected CN while the system is
still running. In this state, the CN does not participate in cyclic frame exchange,
but it still observes SoA frames.
NMT_GS_
INITIALISATION
NMT_CS
NMT CN State Machine
NMT_CS_
NOT_ACTIVE
NMT_CS_
BASIC_ETHERNET
NMT_CS_EPL_MODE
NMT_CS_
PRE_OPERATIONAL_1
Error condition
NMT_CS_
PRE_OPERATIONAL_2
NMT_CS_
READY_TO_OPERATE
NMT StartNode
NMT_CS_
OPERATIONAL
NMT StopNode
NMT_CS_
STOPPED
TT3037GB
Communication type
No
communication
Listen only
Legacy Ethernet
POWERLINK
Reduced cycle
POWERLINK Cycle
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
113
5.2
5.2.4
114
Protocol specifications
Application layer communication
The application layer communication protocol in Ethernet POWERLINK is based on the
CANopen DS 301 communication profile. The protocol specifies the Object Dictionary
in the adapter module, in addition to communication objects for exchanging cyclic process data and acyclic messages.
The MAC00-ELx module uses the following message types:
-
Process Data Object (PDO). The PDO is used for cyclic I/O communication, in other
words, process data.
-
Service Data Object (SDO). The SDO is used for much slower acyclic data transmission.
-
NMT response services. Used for identity and status signalling during start-up and
runtime.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.3
5.3.1
Commissioning
Indicator LED’s - description.
The LED's are used for indicating states and faults of module. There is one power LED,
two link/activity LED's (one for each Ethernet connector), and 2 status LED's.
MAC Module Indicators
and label overview
General status
indicator
MIS Motor Indicators
and label overview
Power indicator
Error indicator
General status indicator
Line activity indicator (CN2)
Line activity indicator (CN3)
Error indicator
Power
indicator
MAC address
(placed at front)
Line activity
indicators
TT3045-02GB
MAC address
Hardware serial number
Hardware serial number
LED indicator descriptions - Covers both MAC and MIS.
LED Text Colour Constant Constant Blinking
MAC / MIS
off
on
No valid
Ethernet
connection.
No valid
Ethernet
connection.
Ethernet
is
connected.
Ethernet
is
connected.
L/A IN /
L2
Green
L/A OUT /
L3
Green
STATUS /
L1
Green
NMT_CS_
NMT_CS_N
OPERAOT_ACTIVE
TIONAL
Red
No error
Green
Power is
applied to
Power is not
both motor
applied.
and module.
ERROR /
ERR
PWR
Single
flash
Double
flash
Triple Flickering
flash
-
-
-
Activity on
line
-
-
-
Activity on
line
NMT_CS NMT_CS
NMT_CS
_PREOP _PREOP
_STOPP
ERATION ERATION
ED
AL1
AL2
NMT_CS
NMT_CS_B
_READY
ASIC_ETHE
_TO_OP
RNET
ERATE
Error
Booting
error
Power is
applied to
module but
no communication with
motor.
Notes:
Blinking: Flashing with equal on and off periods of 200ms (2.5Hz). Single flash: Repeating on for 200ms and
off for 1s. Double flash: Two flashes with a period of 200ms followed by 1s off period. Triple flash: Two flashes with a period of 200ms followed by 1s off period.Flickering: Rapid flashing with a period of approximately
50ms (10 Hz).
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
115
5.3
Commissioning
5.3.2
Mechanical installation
The network cables must be connected to the two M12 connectors (marked “L/A IN”
and “L/A OUT”) at the MAC module and “CN2” and “CN3” at the MIS motors.
The cable from the MN is connected to either of the two ports. In the line topology, if
there are more slave devices in the same line, the next slave device is connected to the
second port. If there is a redundant ring, the second port of the last slave device is connected to the second port of the MN.
See also the illustration in the chapter Introduction., page 108
Standard CAT 5 FTP or STP cables can be used. It is not recommended to use UTP cables in industrial environments, which is typically very noisy.
5.3.3
Quick start
This section describes the steps to configure the PLC, B&R X20 CP1485, with B&R Automation Studio PC software, so that it can be used to control the drive.
Set node ID
1. Connect the RS232 communication cable.
2. Apply power to the motor, and make sure the PWR LED is lit.
3. Open MacTalk and select the “MAC00-EL (Powerlink)” tab.
4. Change the last number in the IP address (= node ID), to one that doesn't conflict
with other devices on the sub net.
5. Press “Apply and save”.
Installation
6. Connect an Ethernet RJ45-M12 cable to IF3 on the X20 and to L/A IN or L/A OUT
at the MAC00-ELx module or the “CN2” and “CN3” at the MIS motors.
7. Connect power to the X20, and communication cable from the PC with B&R Automation Studio installed to the X20 PLC (either Ethernet or RS232).
8. Make sure power is applied to all devices.
PLC configuration
9. Create a new project in Automation Studio for your PLC, or open an existing project.
See B&R documentation for more information.
10. In the Project Explorer window, open the Physical View tab
11. Right-click the node representing the CPU (in this example, X20CP1485-1), and in
the pop-up menu, select Open IF3 POWERLINK Configuration. The POWERLINK
Configuration window is opened.
12. Make sure that “Activate POWERLINK communication” is set to “on”.
13. Close the window and save changes.
Add the XDD file (contains info on the capabilities of the device)
14. In the Tools menu of Automation Studio, select Import fieldbus device...
15. In the Open window find and select the "00000117_MAC00-ELx.xdd" file, and click
Open.
This link can be used : http://www.jvl.dk/default.asp?Action=Details&Item=428
(continued next page)
116
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.3
Commissioning
Associating with MAC00-ELx
16. In the physical view of the project explorer window, right click the CPU node and
click Open POWERLINK in the pop-up menu.
17. Right click IF3 in the opened CPU POWERLINK window, and click Insert in the popup menu.
18. Select "MAC00-ELx", situated under POWERLINK devices, and click Next.
19. Enter the node ID of the device (set earlier with MacTalk) and optionally a name, and
click Next.
20. The "MAC00-ELx" should now be visible in the physical view of the project explorer
window.
Building project and transfer to PLC
21. Select Build configuration in the Project menu.
22. When the build is finished then click the Transfer button.
23. There may appear a warning. Just ignore and click OK.
Investigating cyclic data
24. Right click "MAC00-ELx" in the physical view of the project explorer window and
click Open I/O Mapping.
25. In the View menu click Monitor.
26. You should now be able to see the cyclic I/O registers like in the below picture.
27. If Force is checked for the cyclic outputs, then it's possibly to set register values in
the Force Value column that is transferred to the motor.
Start motor
28. If the default register settings is not changed it is possibly to start motor by entering
values in the Force Value column.
29. Enter 1023 in OUT_FourthEntry (Torque = 300%).
30. Enter 1000 in OUT_ThirdEntry (477 RPM if MAC140).
31. Enter 1 in OUT_FirstEntry (Mode = Velocity).
TT3034GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
117
5.4
5.4.1
Ethernet POWERLINK objects
Process data objects
PDO's (Process Data Objects) are used for cyclic transfer of time-critical process data
between master and slaves. Tx PDOs are used to transfer data from the slave to the master and Rx PDOs to transfer data from the master to the slave.
PDO 21
PDO 21 is fully user configurable. There is one receive PDO and one transmit PDO.
It is possibly to set up five, 32 bit registers in each direction.
The setup is done with MacTalk or via SDO object 0x2011 subindex 16-31. It requires a
save in flash and a power cycle before the new configuration are used. If the configuration
of the PDO's, is not altered by the user, the MAC00-ELx uses the default mapping shown
in the tables below.
If module registers is placed in cyclic R/W, then the register number has to be calculated
as follows:
Register number = 65536 x sub index.
Example: module command (sub-index 15) = 65536 x 15 = register 983040
When module registers (register numbers above 65535) are chosen, they have to be
placed after the motor registers in the list of cyclic registers.
NB! If an index is set to zero (No selection), then the following indexes is discarded.
Thereby computing resources in the drive are released, which makes much faster cycle
times possibly. Please see next paragraph.
Default registers in transmit PDO 21 (Slave > Master) / Read words in MacTalk
Object index Register no.
0
1
2
3
4
2
10
12
169
35
Motor register short Motor register description
MODE_REG
P_IST
V_IST
VF_OUT
ERR_STAT
Operating mode
Actual position
Actual velocity
Actual torque
Status bits
The motor registers 35, 36, and 211 should NOT be inserted in the cyclic write list, as
this may give unpredictable results. For clear of errors, reset of motor etc. please insert
the module command register (=983040 in Mactalk) in the cyclic write list and send
commands this way. For a list of commands for the module command register please
Register Overview, page 172.
Default registers in receive PDO 21 (Master > Slave)
Object index Register no.
0
1
2
3
4
2
3
5
7
-
!
118
Motor register short Motor register description
MODE_REG
P_SOLL
V_SOLL
T_SOLL
-
Operating mode
Target position
Maximum velocity
Maximum torque
-
Please notice: Even though all registers is transmitted as 32 bit, some of them
originally derive from 16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those situations it
is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.4
5.4.2
Ethernet POWERLINK objects
Minimum cycle time
The minimum cycle time is the minimum amount of time between each cyclic request
(PDO) on the Ethernet.
If operating with values lower than those listed, data loss will occur.
No. of motor registers
transmitted in each
direction
Motor series
MAC050 to
MAC141
Motor series
MAC400 to
MAC3000
Motor series
MIS34x and
MIS43x
1/1
2/2
3/3
4/4
5/5
4mS *
8mS *
12mS *
16mS *
20mS *
360µS *
395µS *
430µS *
465µS *
500µS *
360µS *
395µS *
430µS *
465µS *
500µS *
*
The minimum cycle times, is only valid if not sending any SDO requests while in any
operating mode. MODULE registers can be appended as the last registers in the list,
at no extra timing cost. If motor register 35 is not in the list it will be added internally
anyway, and has to be added to the minimum cycle time with 2.0ms if MAC050MAC141, and with 30µs if MAC400-MAC3000 or MISxxxxxELxxxx.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
119
5.4
Ethernet POWERLINK objects
5.4.3
Service Data Objects
Service Data Objects (SDOs) are mainly used for transferring non time-critical data, for
example, identification, configuration and acyclic data.
5.4.4
Object Dictionary
An important part of the protocol is the Object Dictionary, which is different objects
specifying the data layout. Each object is addressed using a 16-bit index and possibly a sub
index. There are some mandatory objects and some manufacturer specific objects. The
objects in the Object Dictionary can be accessed with SDO services.
Mandatory objects:
Name
Index
(hex)
Sub
Index
Data Type
Read
only
Default
0x0
Device type
1000
UNSIGNED32
X
Error
Register
1001
UNSIGNED8
X
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Identity
object
120
1018
IDENTITY
X
0
1..4
X
0x04
1
UNSIGNED32
X
0x0117
2
UNSIGNED32
X
0x0200
3
4
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
X
X
-
Description
Contains information about the
device type.
This is the mapping error register,
and it is part of the emergency object. If some of the sub index are
high, an error has occured.
Generic error. Mandatory
Current
Voltage
Temperature
Communication (Overrun)
Device profile specific
Reserved
Manufactor specific
Contain general information about
the module
Number of entries. Mandatory
Vendor ID, contains a unique value
allocated to each manufactor.
117h is JVLs vendor ID.
Mandatory.
Product Code, identifies a specific
device version.
The MAC00-EL4/-EL41 has the
product code 200h
Revision number.
Serial number
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.4
5.4.5
Ethernet POWERLINK objects
Manufacturer specific objects.
The manufacturer specific objects, provides access to all module registers, and all motor
registers, as well as a module command object.
Index
(hex)
Sub
Index
Type
Module
command
2010
0
UNSIGNED32
Module
parameters
2011
0
UNSIGNED8
X
UNSIGNED32
X
-
X
254
1
Motor
parameters
2012
0
UNSIGNED8
N
UNSIGNED32
Read
only
Default
Description
Module command object.
See possible commands below.
63
Subindex count
Access to module register N
Subindex count
Access to the motor parameter n
Note:
Module parameters are not automatically saved to permanent memory after a change.
The parameters can be saved permanently by applying a "Save parameters to flash" command afterwards.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
121
5.4
Ethernet POWERLINK objects
5.4.6
Object 0x2010 - Subindex 0
This object is used for sending commands to the module and is write only. The possible
commands are listed in the table below.
This object is used for sending commands to the module and is write only. It is analogue
to writing to object 2011 subindex 15.
See the description 8.2 Register Descriptions., page 177.
5.4.7
Object 0x2011
The module registers is mapped to object 0x2011. The subindex 3, 6-31 is R/W, the rest
is read only.
The register numbers are used as sub indexes in the object. See register descriptions in
chapter 8 - 8.2 Register Descriptions., page 177
5.4.8
Object 0x2012
Object 0x2012 are for acyclic view or change of motor registers.
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 or
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226.
122
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.5
Network Management Services
Ethernet POWERLINK Network Management (NMT) is node oriented and follows a
master/slave relationship.
The MAC00-ELx or MISxxxxxxELxxxxx is administered as an NMT slave by the master.
Ethernet POWERLINK defines five categories of NMT services:
•
•
•
•
•
NMT State Command Services
NMT Managing Command Services (not supported)
NMT Response Services
NMT Info Services (not supported)
NMT Guard Services (not supported)
NMT State Command Services
The MN controls the state of the CN via NMT State Command Services. See section
Ethernet POWERLINK state machine for more information.
NMT Response Services
NMT Response Services are used by the MN to query NMT information from the CN,
such as current state, error and setup data. Ethernet POWERLINK specifies the following NMT Response Services:
• NMT State Response
• IdentResponse
• StatusResponse
Via NMT State Response service, the CNs signals their states to the MN. IdentResponse
Service is used by the MN to identify configured but unrecognized CNs at system startup or after loss of communication. See Appendix: IdentResponse Frame for more information. The StatusResponse Service is used by the MN to query the current status of
CNs that is not communicating isochronously. It is used for error signaling in runtime. If
an error occurs, the EN (Error New) flag in the PRes frame is toggled. This notifies the
MN that an error has occurred and the MN polls the CN for a StatusResponse that includes error information.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
123
5.6
XML Device Description File
XML Device Description Files (XDD) are XML files that specify the properties of the
slave device for the Ethernet POWERLINK master (MN). The description files contain
information on the supported communication objects. XDD files for JVL Drives are available through your local JVL representative and http://www.jvl.dk.
124
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.7
5.7.1
Examples
Running Velocity control
To use the JVL motor in velocity mode the following registers are basically of interest.
1.
2.
3.
4.
"Mode" - Mode register register 2
"V_SOLL" - Velocity register 5
"A_SOLL" - Acceleration register 6
"Error/Status" - Error and status register 35
So, to control these registers the cyclic data needs to configured.
From MacTalk the setup is configured as this.
The actual velocity is transferred in the 1. word
The 5. word holds the data from the error/status
register. This data is a bitfield structure holding both
motion related information and present error type.
The operation mode is set in the 1. Word,
0=passive mode and 1=Velocity mode.
Use passive mode to stop the motor and
velocity mode to start the motor.
The requested velocity is set in the 3. word
The requested acceleration is set in the 5. word
TT3016GB
With the settings illustrated above we initiate the velocity mode by writing 0x1 to the first
word-value, this is velocity mode.
From the Master the registers is accessed using the PDO21 and accessing the registers
R/W on words 1-5.
Since different PLC's have different methods of implementation the basic steps is described in the following.
1. Set the needed velocity. V_SOLL = V x 2.77 [rpm]
Ex. We need the motor to run with a constant speed of 1200 RPM. So, V_SOLL =
1200/2,77 = 433 cnt/smp
2. Set the needed acceleration. A_SOLL = A x 271 [RPM/s²]
Ex. We need the motor to accelerate with 100000 RPM/s² so, A_SOLL = 100000/
271 = 369 cnt/smp².
3. Now set the motor into velocity mode and thereby activate the motor.
Ex. The motor needs to be activated by setting it into velocity mode, so we need to
set the mode register to the value 1. Mode = 1 which is velocity mode, now the motor will use the acceleration and the velocity just configured.
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 or
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
125
5.7
5.7.2
Examples
Running Position control
Running the motor in position control requires that the mode register is set for position
control. The following registers is of particular interest when position mode is used.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
"Actual position" -P_IST, register 10
"Actual velocity" -V_IST, register 12
"Follow error" - The actual position error, register 20
"Motor load mean" - average motor load, register 16
"Error/Status" -register 35
"Requested position" -P_SOLL, register 3
"Requested velocity" -V_SOLL, register 5
"Requested acceleration" -A_SOLL, register 6
In this mode the position is controlled by applying a requested position to the "P_SOLL"
-register and the actual position is monitored in the "P_IST" register. The V_SOLL and
A_SOLL registers sets the velocity and acceleration used when positioning occurs.
10 Actual position, P_IST value is sent back in
this word
12 Actual velocity, V_IST is sent back in this word
20 Follow error, the position error
16 Motor load mean. The mean load on the motor
35 Error/Status holds information regarding motion
status and error status/code if any
2
Operating mode is used to enable/disable the motor
Values: Passive mode = 0
Position mode = 2
TT3017GB
5.7.3
3
Requested position, Sets the P_SOLL value.
5
Velocity, sets the V_SOLL requested velocity value
The resolution is 100 RPM = 277 counts/sample
6
Acceleration, requested acceleration
0
Not used - Any register can be inserted here
General considerations
The register 35 in the motor holds information on the actual error/status. So it is crucial
that this register is configured in the cyclic data and thereby obtained and monitored in
the Master. In case of an error situation the motor will stop and the cause will be present
in the register 35 and hence in the I/O -data.
This register also holds information on the motion status such as:
• In position, bit 4
• Accelerating, bit 5
• Decelerating, bit 6
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 and Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226.
The JVL motor is basically put into a working mode and into a passive mode where the
motor axle is de-energized, by setting register 2 into either 0 = "passive mode" or into
one of the supported modes.
Example.
1= "Velocity mode" / 2= "Position mode" / etc.
So in order to Stop or Start the motor this register can be supported in the I/O data or
by sending an SDO message.
126
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.7
5.7.4
Examples
Homing using only cyclic I/O (JVL profile).
When doing a homing (Zero search), with only cyclic I/O, some preconditions have to be
met:
Zero search position, zero search velocity and zero search torque (torque only for MAC
motors) has to be set in MacTalk in the "Main" tab, and saved in flash in the motor once
and for all.
TT3083GB
Startup mode should be set to position, for the motor to stay in position after the homing
sequence. And this setting should also be saved in flash.
TT3084GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
127
5.7
Examples
Register 2 (Operating mode) has to be present in BOTH the cyclic read words and cyclic
write words.
TT3085GB
Procedure in the PLC:
• Treat the transmitted Register 2 as "Requested_Mode" and the received register 2 as
"Actual_Mode".
• When homing is wanted, set the "Requested_Mode" to one of the values 12, 13 or
14 depending of the requested homing mode (12 = Torque based zero search
mode (only MAC motors). 13 = Forward/only zero search mode. 14 = Forward+backward zero search mode (only MAC motors) .). For a comprehensive
description of the homing modes, refer to the general MAC motor manual LB0047-xxGB.
• Observe that the "Actual_Mode" is changing to the homing mode. Now the module
is blocking cyclic writes TO the motor. Cyclic reads is still active.
• Wait for register 35 "Error status" bit 4 to be active =IN_POSITION. (Indicates that
homing is finished).
• Then change "Requested_Mode" to whatever needed. The blocking of cyclic writes
to the motor is then released by the module.
128
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
5.7
5.7.5
Examples
Relative positioning.
There are a number of ways to do relative positioning, but the one explained here is very
simple, and can be used with a constant distance, or exchangeable distance, to move every time it is requested.
Preconditions:
Place the module command register (register 983040 in MacTalk) in the cyclic write list.
The cyclic setup, could for example look like this:
TT3086GB
Procedure in the PLC:
1. Set up register P7 in motor to requested relative offset.
2. Make sure one net cycle has passed, so P7 resides in the motor.
3. Issue command 0x800000F1 (0x80000071 if the MISxxxxxxELxxxx motor is used) in
module command register (register 983040 in MacTalk).
4. Make sure one net cycle has passed, so command is interpreted by the motor.
5. Set module command register to zero. This will prepare the Ethernet module for
new commands.
6. If needed then monitor register 35 (Error status): When bit 4 is set (in position), then
the move is finished.
7. When a new relative move is requested, go to step 3.
You may also have the P7 register in the cyclic write list, thereby enabling easy change of
the relative distance to move.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
129
130
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6
PROFINET® Users Guide
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
131
6.1
Introduction to PROFINET IO
MAC - PROFINET IO Module
Type:
MAC00-EP4 (shown) or
MAC00-EP41 (extended I/O)
To be used in following servo products:
MAC50, 095, 140 and 141
MAC400 and MAC402
MAC800
MAC1500 and MAC3000
MIS - PROFINET IO motors.
Type:
MIS34xxxEPxx85 or
MIS43xxxEPxx85
To be used in following stepper products:
- Integrated from factory
TT3057-02GB
6.1.1
Overview
PROFINET IO is a fieldbus protocol that enables communication between programmable controllers and distributed field devices in Ethernet networks.
PROFINET IO uses traditional Ethernet hardware and software to define a network that
structures the task of exchanging data, alarms and diagnostics with Programmable Controllers and other automation controllers.
PROFINET IO can be thought of, as PROFIBUS on Ethernet. The protocol classifies devices into IO controllers, IO supervisors and IO devices, which have a specific collection
of services.
PROFINET IO uses three different communication channels to exchange data.
• The standard UDP/IP and TCP/IP channel is used for parameterization and configuration of devices and for acyclic operations.
• The Real Time (RT) channel is used for cyclic data transfer and alarms.
• The third channel, Isochronous Real Time (IRT) channel, is used e.g. in some motion
control applications (not implemented in JVL MAC00-EP4/-EP41nor the MISxxxxxxEPxxxx motor).
PROFINET IO devices are structured in slots, and sub-slots, which can contain modules
and sub-modules correspondingly. Devices can have almost any number of slots and subslots and they can be virtual or real. Device specific data is represented in slot 0, module
and sub-module specific data in subsequent slots and sub-slots. One of the benefits of
PROFINET IO is the diagnostics and alarm mechanism. Every module and sub-module
provides alarm data to the IO controller using the cyclic channel. Diagnostic data can be
read non-cyclically from the device by using record data. Properties and services of a
PROFINET IO device are described in a GSD file that is written in GSDML (General Station Description Markup Language).
132
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.1
Introduction to PROFINET IO
The GSD file describes the device specific modules and the method of assigning modules
and sub-modules to predefined slots and sub-slots.
There is no theoretical limit for the amount of connected nodes in PROFINET IO network, but in practice, the programmable controllers and number of available network
addresses limits the size. The PROFINET IO protocol is specified in the IEC standards
61158 and 61784.
Further information can be obtained from www.PROFINET.com.
6.1.2
Definitions and abbreviations
Following general used terms are useful to know before reading the following chapters.
100Base-Tx
100 MBit Ethernet on twisted pairs.
Acyclic communication Communication in which messages are sent once per request.
Cyclic communication Communication in which process data are sent cyclically at predefined intervals.
DAP
Device Access Point.
DCP
Discovery and Configuration Protocol.
GSD
General Station Description. Device description file in a specified form. Each device (active & passive stations) on PROFINET
has to have its own GSD File. GSD files in PROFINET are written in GSDML.
GSDML
General Station Description Markup Language - is a XML based
language used for the device description file.
IO-Controller
Control system with bus initiative. In PROFINET IO terminology, IO-controllers are also called master stations.
IOPS
IO Provider State (state of the provider of cyclic IO data).
IOCS
IO Consumer State (state of the consumer of cyclic IO data).
IP
Internet Protocol - IP address ~ the logical address of the device, which is user configurable.
MAC
Media Access Controller - MAC address ~ the hardware address of the device.
PZD
Process Data
TCP
Transfer Control Protocol (an IP based protocol used widely
on the internet)
UDP
User Datagram Protocol (an IP based protocol used widely on
the internet)
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
133
6.2
6.2.1
Commissioning
Indicator description
The LED's are used for indicating states and faults of module. There is one power LED,
two link/activity LED's (one for each Ethernet connector), and 2 status LED's.
MAC Module Indicators
and label overview
System Failure
indicator
MIS Motor Indicators
and label overview
Power indicator
Bus Failure indicator
System Failure indicator
Line activity indicator (CN2)
Line activity indicator (CN3)
Bus Failure indicator
Power
indicator
MAC address
(placed at front)
Line activity
indicators
MAC address
Hardware serial number
TT3070-02GB
Hardware serial number
LED indicator descriptions - Covers both MAC and MIS.
LED Text
MAC / MIS
Colour Constant off
Constant on
Blinking
Flickering
L/A IN /
L2
Green
No valid Ethernet
connection.
Ethernet is
connected.
-
Activity on line
L/A OUT
L3
Green
No valid Ethernet
connection.
Ethernet
is
connected.
-
Activity on line
SF /
L1
Red
No System failures
System failures
DCP signal
service is
initiated
-
BF /
ERR
Red
No Bus failures
Bus failures
No data
exchange
-
PWR
Green
Power is not
applied.
Power is applied
to both motor
and module.
-
Power is applied to module but no communication with motor
Notes:
Blinking: Flashing with equal on and off periods of 200ms (2.5Hz). Single flash : Repeating on for 200ms
and off for 1s. Double flash : Two flashes with a period of 200ms followed by 1s off period. Triple flash :
Three flashes with a period of 200ms followed by 1s off period. Flickering : Rapid flashing with a period of
approx. 50ms (10 Hz).
6.2.2
134
Mechanical installation
The network cables must be connected to the two M12 connectors (marked “L/A IN”
and “L/A OUT”) at the MAC module and “CN2” and “CN3” at the MIS motors.
The cable from the IO CONTROLLER is connected to either of the two ports.
In the line topology, if there are more slave devices in the same line, the next slave device
is connected to the second port. If there is a redundant ring, the second port of the last
slave device is connected to the second port of the IO CONTROLLER. See also figure in
the introduction section. Standard CAT 5 STP cables can be used. It is not recommended
to use UTP cables in industrial environments, which is typically very noisy.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.2
6.2.3
Commissioning
Network configuration
To enable communication through the Ethernet network, the module needs a valid IP
address. This is done either by MacTalk, see the quick start guide or is done by DCP.
In the PROFINET IO protocol, also a device name is required to identify the drive.
IO-controllers and some configuration tools have a protocol called Discovery and Configuration Protocol (DCP) for assigning the IP address and the device name.
The IP address shown in MacTalk, is only a power on default. When a PLC is connected
the actual used IP can be another one configured by the PLC.
PROFINET IO and DCP
When the module is initialized, the IP address is transferred to the PROFINET IO communication stack. If there is a need to change the IP address it should be done with a DCP
tool (like Siemens Step7). If some of the other methods are used to change the IP address, the module must be restarted to enable any changes.
6.2.4
Configuring the system
After the MAC or MIS motor has been mechanically and electrically installed according
to the instructions in previous chapters, and has been initialized by the drive, the master
station must be prepared for communication with the module. Configuration of the master station requires a type definition (GSD) file. In PROFINET IO the GSD file is written
in XML based language called GSDML. MAC00-EPx has a GSD file, which is available
from www.jvl.com or your local JVL representative.
The filename is GSDML-V2.2-JVL-MAC00-EPx-yyyymmdd.xml.
The GSD file describes vendor specific features of the module. Please refer to the master
station documentation for more information on activating PROFINET IO devices with
GSD file.
6.2.5
PROFINET IO in the MAC or MIS motors
The JVL Profinet uses slots 0 and 1. Slot 0 does not have any sub-slots and the DAP module attached to it represents the device itself.
Other functional modules and sub-modules, which are described in the GSDML file, can
be assigned to slot 1 and its sub-slots:
• Slot 0 = Device access point (DAP)
• Slot 1, sub-slot 1 = Vendor object
• Slot 1, sub-slot 1 = Acyclic parameter access
The MAC or MIS motors provides the following services:
• Cyclic messaging
• Acyclic parameter access mechanism
• Identification & Maintenance functions (I&M)
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
135
6.2
6.2.6
Commissioning
Dynamic IP and naming
With DCP (Discovery and Configuration Protocol) the IP address and ’Name of station’
in the device can be changed on the fly, by the PLC. Therefore the IP address shown in
MacTalk is only the power up default, and may not be the actual used IP address after
the PLC has established communication.
If checking the “Power up with blank name of station” (factory default) in MacTalk and
save the configuration in flash, then the MAC00-EPx / MISxxxxxxEPxx85 will always
start up without a station name. This enables the possibility of having new devices on
stock, and if needed exchange them in the machine without any setup, as the PLC can
be programmed to automatically assigning the correct name, when it finds a device
without name.
136
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.2
6.2.7
Commissioning
Quick start guide
This section describes the steps to configure the Siemens ET200S PLC and TIA Portal
v11 software, so it can be used to control the drive.
Set IP address
1. If having a MAC motor then Connect the RS232 communication cable, and if having
a MIS motor then connect the RS485 communication cable.
2. Apply power to the motor, and make sure the PWR LED is lit.
3. Open MacTalk and select the "MAC00-EP (PROFINET)" tab.
4. Change the IP address, to one suitable for the network.
5. Press "Apply and save".
Installation
6. Connect an Ethernet RJ45-M12 cable to one of the interfaces on the ET200S and to
“L/A IN” and “L/A OUT” at the MAC module and “CN2” and “CN3” at the MIS motors.
7. Connect power to the ET200S, and Ethernet patch cable from the PC with Siemens
TIA Portal v11 installed to the ET200S PLC.
8. Make sure power is applied to all devices.
Add the GSD file (contains info on the capabilities of the device)
9. In the Options menu of TIA Portal V11, select Install general station description file
(GSD).
10. In the "Install general station description file" window find and select the "GSDMLV2.2-JVL-MAC00-EPX-yyyymmdd.xml" file, and click Install.
11. Follow the on screen instructions.
TT3050-01GB
PLC configuration
12. Create a new project in TIA Portal v11 for your PLC, or open an existing project.
See Siemens documentation for more information.
13. In the Hardware catalog under Other field devices / PROFINET I/O / I/O / JVL
Industri Elektronik A/S / PNS should MAC00-EPx reside. See figure at next
page.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
137
6.2
Commissioning
TT3051-01GB
14. Drag and drop the MAC00-EPx to the Network view.
15. Also add your PLC to the Network view (see also Siemens documentation for further
info).
16. If using external switches then these must be added too (see Siemens documentation for further info). If not continue to the next step.
17. Connect the two devices, by dragging a line between the small green boxes in each
device, and it should now look like below.
TT3052-01GB
Associating with the cyclic data
18. Drag the “8 registers input” and “8 registers output” from the hardware catalog under Other field devices / PROFINET I/O / I/O / JVL Industri Elektronik
A/S / PNS / Module / Input modules and Output modules, and drop them in the
Device overview of the MAC00-EPx. See illustration next page.
138
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.2
Commissioning
TT3053-01GB
19. It should now be possible to make a PLC application using cyclic communication to
the 8 registers input and output (see section 6.3.1 for setting up those with Mactalk).
There is also an example on the web page www.jvl.dk in the download section,
named 'JVL_PN_ex1.zip' which can be downloaded and unzipped. This example is
made for MAC140, but can easily be changed to work with MAC400-MAC3000 or
the MIS motors.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
139
6.3
6.3.1
PROFINET objects
Process data
Process Data (PZD) are used for cyclic transfer of time-critical process data between
master and slaves, such as position, velocity, torque etc. Transmit PZD are used to transfer data from the slave to the master and receive PZD to transfer data from the master
to the slave.
The JVL process data is fully user configurable. It is possibly to set up eight, 32 bit registers in each direction. The setup is done with MacTalk or via parameter object 0x11 subindex 16-31. It requires a save in flash and a power cycle before the new configuration
are used. If the configuration of the PZD, is not altered by the user, the JVL PROFINET
module uses the default mapping shown in the tables below. It is mandatory to have the
error/status register (register 35) as one of the slave to master registers. If not the motor
will overrule the configuration and place register 35 anyway.
If module registers is placed in cyclic R/W, then the register number has to be calculated
as follows:
Register number = 65536 x sub index.
Example: module command (sub-index 15) = 65536 x 15 = register 983040
When module registers (register numbers above 65535) are chosen, they have to be
placed after the motor registers in the list of cyclic registers.
NB! If an index is set to zero (No selection) then the following indexes is discarded.
Thereby computing resources in the drive are released, which makes much faster cycle
times possibly. Please see next paragraph.
Default registers in transmit PZD (Slave > Master) - Only MAC-EPx
Object index Register no. Motor register short
Motor register description
0
2
MODE_REG
Operating mode
1
10
P_IST
Actual position
2
12
V_IST
Actual velocity
3
169
VF_OUT
Actual torque
4
35
ERR_STAT
Status bits
5
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
7
-
-
-
The motor registers 35, 36, and 211 should NOT be inserted in the cyclic write list, as
this may give unpredictable results. For clear of errors, reset of motor etc. please insert
the module command register (=983040 in Mactalk) in the cyclic write list and send
commands this way.
For a list of commands for the module command register please refer to Register Overview, page 172.
Continued next page
140
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.3
PROFINET objects
Default registers in receive PZD (Master > Slave) - Only MAC-EPx
Object index Register no. Motor register short
Motor register description
0
2
MODE_REG
1
3
P_SOLL
Operating mode
Target position
2
5
V_SOLL
Maximum velocity
3
7
T_SOLL
Maximum torque
4
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
7
-
-
-
Please notice: Even though all registers is transmitted as 32 bit, some of them
originally derive from 16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those situations it
is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
!
Default registers in transmit PZD (Slave > Master) - Only MISxxxxxxECxx85
Object index Register no. Motor register short
Motor register description
0
2
MODE_REG
Operating mode
1
10
P_IST
Actual position
2
12
V_IST
Actual velocity
3
35
ERR_STAT
Error bits
4
36
WARN_BITS
Warning bits
5
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
7
-
-
-
Default registers in receive PZD (Master > Slave) - Only MISxxxxxxECxx85
Object index Register no. Motor register short
Motor register description
0
2
MODE_REG
Operating mode
1
3
P_SOLL
Requested position
2
5
V_SOLL
Requested velocity
3
6
A_SOLL
Requested acceleration
4
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
7
-
-
-
The MIS motor registers 24, 35 and 36 should NOT be inserted in the cyclic write list,
as this may give unpredictable results. For clear of errors, reset of motor etc. please insert the module command register (=983040 in Mactalk) in the cyclic write list and send
commands this way. For a list of commands for the module command register please refer to Register Overview, page 172
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
141
6.3
6.3.2
PROFINET objects
Minimum cycle time
The minimum cycle time is the minimum amount of time between each cyclic request on
the Ethernet. If operating with values lower than those listed, data loss will occur.
Motor series
No. of motor registers
transmitted in each
direction
1/1
2/2
3/3
4/4
5/5
6/6
7/7
8/8
*
142
MAC050 to
MAC141
MAC400 to
MAC3000
MIS34x and
MIS43x
4ms *
8ms *
12ms *
16ms *
20ms *
24ms *
28ms *
32ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1.1ms *
1.2ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1ms *
1.1ms *
1.2ms *
The minimum cycle times, is only valid if not sending any acyclic requests while in any
operating mode. MODULE registers can be appended as the last registers in the list,
at no extra timing cost. Motor register 35 shall be in the cyclic read list, as it is also
used internally.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.3
PROFINET objects
Changing cycle time in TIA Portal V11
In the TIA Portal V11 the cycle time is set up in the properties of each device, under Real
time settings / IO Cycle. Please see the picture below. It is done in a similar way in Step7,
but this is not shown.
TT3082GB
Accessing process data
The PZD is done by setting up the motor registers you want to use with MacTalk or with
acyclic parameter access to object 0x11 subindex 16-31. In MacTalk the process data is
configured on the PROFINET tab, see below. After change of the registers, remember
to press the Apply and save button.
Here the actual position is transfered
in the 1. word of data.
The operation mode is written in the
motor.
TT3014GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
143
6.3
6.3.3
PROFINET objects
Parameter objects.
The parameter objects provide access to all module registers, and all motor registers, as
well as a module command object. The objects in the list can be accessed with acyclic
services, Accessing parameter objects, page 145.
Object Sub
(hex) Object
Type
Module
command
0x10
0
UNSIGNED32
Module
parameters
0x11
1
UNSIGNED32
Motor
parameters
0x12
0-255
Register
dependant
Read
only
Default
Description
Module command object. See possible commands below.
X
X
Access to module register N
254
Access to the motor parameter
n (register)
Note: Module parameters are not automatically saved to permanent memory after a
change. The parameters can be saved permanently by applying a "Save parameters to
flash" command afterwards.
Object 0x10 - Subindex 0
This object is used for sending commands to the module and is write only. It is analogue
to writing to object 2011 subindex 15.
See the description Register Descriptions., page 173.
Object 0x11
The module registers is mapped to object 0x11. The subindex 3-31 is R/W, the rest is
read only.
The register numbers are used as sub indexes in the object.
See register descriptions in chapter 8 - Register Descriptions., page 173
Object 0x12
Object 0x12 are for acyclic view or change of motor registers.
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendex.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 or
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226.
144
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.3
6.3.4
PROFINET objects
Accessing parameter objects
Parameter objects are accessible by use of acyclic data. In Siemens Step 7, this is done
with the Special Function Blocks SFB52 and SFB 53.
Write parameter
Write to parameters is done with the SFB53, as shown below.
TT3054-01GB
The data block must be setup prior to use, in this example "Req_Write_DB".
Name
Description
Example
ID
Index
ID of device
Object and subobject to write to
High byte = Object, Low byte = Subobject
(parameter/register no.)
Length of data
32 bit data to write
2042
0x1231 (Object 0x12, parameter 0x31)
LEN
Record
4 (always 4 byte = 32 bit)
0xFEDCBA98
Example:
Write 0xFEDCBA98 to object 0x12 subobject 0x31 ( = motor register no. 49), in JVL
device with ID 2042.
!
Please notice: Even though all registers is transmitted as 32 bit, some of them
originally derive from 16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those situations it
is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
145
6.3
PROFINET objects
Read parameter
Read of parameters is done with SFB52, as shown below.
TT3055-01GB
The data block must be setup prior to use, in this example "Req_Read_DB", and the 32
bit result will be in "Resp_Read_DB.Data".
Name
Description
Example
ID
Index
ID of device
Object and sub-object to read from
High byte = Object, Low byte = Subobject
(register no.)
Length of data
2042
0x1122
LEN
4 (always 4 byte = 32 bit)
Example:
Read from object 0x11 subobject 0x22 ( = module parameter no. 34), in JVL device with
ID 2042.
!
146
Please notice: Even though all registers is transmitted as 32 bit, some of them
originally derive from 16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those situations it
is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.4
6.4.1
Ethernet switch
Selecting an Ethernet Switch
Depending on the network topology and size a suitable switch can be used. Also if multiple separated networks need to be connected a switch is used.
Depending on the actual size of the network different requirements needs to be met.
It is absolutely mandatory that every switch device or other device acting as a
switch complies with the Profinet RT protocol (LLDP and PN_PTCP frames
must be recognized).
Otherwise the net might very well get congested; because non-Profinet conforming
switches will broadcast messages not intended for broadcast.
Besides the Port mirroring function for network analyzing and troubleshooting purposes,
can be advantages. This feature makes it possible to route traffic out on a separate port
connected to a network analyser for debugging purposes and general performance monitoring.
The JVL Profinet module has build in 2 port switch useful if a limited amount of motors
is connected in a daisy chaining topology. This switch is Profinet-IRT capable and will of
cause obey the above mentioned demands.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
147
6.5
6.5.1
Examples
Running Velocity control
To use the JVL motor in velocity -mode the following registers basically is of interest.
1.
2.
3.
4.
"Mode" - mode register - register 2
"V_SOLL" - velocity register 5
"A_SOLL" - acceleration register 6
"Error/Status" - register 35
So, to control these registers the assembly object needs to be configured.
From MacTalk the setup is configured as this.
TT3056-01GB
With the settings illustrated above we initiate the velocity mode by writing 0x1 to
the first word-value, this is velocity mode.
Since different PLC's have different methods of implementation the basic steps is
described in the following.
1. Set the needed velocity.
V_SOLL = V x 2.77 [rpm].
Example: We need the motor to run with a constant speed of 1200 RPM.
So, V_SOLL = 1200/2,77 = 433 cnt/smp
2. Set the needed acceleration.
A_SOLL = A x 271 [RPM/s2].
Example: We need the motor to accelerate with 100000 RPM/s2 so, A_SOLL
= 100000/271 = 369 cnt/smp2
3. Now set the motor in velocity mode and thereby activate the motor.
Example: The motor needs to be activated by setting it into velocity mode, so
we need to set the mode register to the value 1. Mode = 1 which is velocity
mode, now the motor will use the acceleration and the velocity just configured.
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 or
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226.
148
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.5
6.5.2
Examples
Running Position control
Running the motor in position control requires that the mode register is set for position
control. The following registers is of particular interest when position mode is used.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
"Actual position" -P_IST, register 10
"Actual velocity" -V_IST, register 12
"Follow error" - The actual position error, register 20
"Motor load mean" - average motor load, register 16
"Error/Status" -register 35
"Requested position" -P_SOLL, register 3
"Requested velocity" -V_SOLL, register 5
"Requested acceleration" -A_SOLL, register 6
In this mode the position is controlled by applying a requested position to the "P_SOLL"
-register and the actual position is monitored in the "P_IST" register. The V_SOLL and
A_SOLL registers sets the velocity and acceleration used when positioning occurs.
10 Actual position, P_IST value is sent back in
this word
12 Actual velocity, V_IST is sent back in this word
20 Follow error, the position error
16 Motor load mean. The mean load on the motor
35 Error/Status holds information regarding motion
status and error status/code if any
2
Operating mode is used to enable/disable the motor
Values: Passive mode = 0
Position mode = 2
TT3017GB
6.5.3
3
Requested position, Sets the P_SOLL value.
5
Velocity, sets the V_SOLL requested velocity value
The resolution is 100 RPM = 277 counts/sample
6
Acceleration, requested acceleration
0
Not used - Any register can be inserted here
General considerations
The register 35 in the motor holds information on the actual error/status. So it is crucial
that this register is configured in the cyclic data and thereby obtained and monitored in
the Master. In case of an error situation the motor will stop and the cause will be present
in the register 35 and hence in the I/O -data.
This register also holds information on the motion status such as:
• In position, bit 4
• Accelerating, bit 5
• Decelerating, bit 6
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix.
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 or
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226.
The JVL motor is basically put into a working mode and into a passive mode where the
motor axle is de-energized, by setting register 2 into either 0 = "passive mode" or into
one of the supported modes.
Example.
1= "Velocity mode" / 2= "Position mode" / etc.
So in order to Stop or Start the motor this register can be supported in the I/O data or
by sending an acyclic message.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
149
6.5
6.5.4
Examples
Homing using only cyclic I/O (JVL profile).
When doing a homing (Zero search), with only cyclic I/O, some preconditions have to be
met:
Zero search position, zero search velocity and zero search torque (torque only for MAC
motors) has to be set in MacTalk in the "Main" tab, and saved in flash in the motor once
and for all.
TT3083GB
Startup mode should be set to position, for the motor to stay in position after the homing
sequence. And this setting should also be saved in flash.
TT3084GB
150
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
6.5
Examples
Register 2 (Operating mode) has to be present in BOTH the cyclic read words and cyclic
write words.
TT3085GB
Procedure in the PLC:
• Treat the transmitted Register 2 as "Requested_Mode" and the received register 2 as
"Actual_Mode".
• When homing is wanted, set the "Requested_Mode" to one of the values 12, 13 or
14 depending of the requested homing mode (12 = Torque based zero search
mode (only MAC motors). 13 = Forward/only zero search mode. 14 = Forward+backward zero search mode (only MAC motors) .). For a comprehensive
description of the homing modes, refer to the general MAC motor manual LB0047-xxGB.
• Observe that the "Actual_Mode" is changing to the homing mode. Now the module
is blocking cyclic writes TO the motor. Cyclic reads is still active.
• Wait for register 35 "Error status" bit 4 to be active =IN_POSITION. (Indicates that
homing is finished).
• Then change "Requested_Mode" to whatever needed. The blocking of cyclic writes
to the motor is then released by the module.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
151
6.5
6.5.5
Examples
Relative positioning.
There are a number of ways to do relative positioning, but the one explained here is very
simple, and can be used with a constant distance, or exchangeable distance, to move every time it is requested.
Preconditions:
Place the module command register (register 983040 in MacTalk) in the cyclic write list.
The cyclic setup, could for example look like this:
TT3086GB
Procedure in the PLC:
1. Set up register P7 in motor to requested relative offset.
2. Make sure one net cycle has passed, so P7 resides in the motor.
3. Issue command 0x800000F1 (0x80000071 if MISxxxxxxEPxxxxx) in module command register (register 983040 in MacTalk).
4. Make sure one net cycle has passed, so command is interpreted by the motor.
5. Set module command register to zero. This will prepare the Ethernet module for
new commands.
6. If needed then monitor register 35 (Error status): When bit 4 is set (in position), then
the move is finished.
7. When a new relative move is requested, go to step 3.
You may also have the P7 register in the cyclic write list, thereby enabling easy change of
the relative distance to move.
152
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
7
ModbusTCP/IP® Users Guide
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
153
7.1
Introduction to Modbus TCP/IP®
MAC - Modbus TCP/IP Module
Type:
MAC00-EM4 (shown) or
MAC00-EM41 (extended I/O)
To be used in following servo products:
MAC50, 095, 140 and 141
MAC400 and MAC402
MAC800
MAC1500 and MAC3000
MIS - Modbus TCP/IP motors.
Type:
MIS34xxxEMxx85 or
MIS43xxxEMxx85
To be used in following stepper products:
- Integrated from factory
TT3058-02GB
7.1.1
154
Introduction.
Modbus TCP/IP or Modbus TCP — is a Modbus variant used for communications over TCP/
IP networks, connecting over port 502. It is basically a Modbus RTU without a checksum
calculation as lower layers already provide checksum protection. It is protocol based on
the standard TCP/IP protocols so it is applicable anywhere there is standard Ethernet
available as it have no special requirements regarding the Ethernet hardware, opposite
some of the other industrial Ethernet protocols. Further information about Modbus TCP
is available from the Modbus Organization www.modbus.org.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
7.1
7.1.2
Introduction to Modbus TCP/IP®
Abbreviations
The below general used terms are useful to know before reading the following chapters.
100Base-Tx 100 MBit Ethernet on twisted pairs
IP
Internet Protocol - IP address ~ the logical address of the device which is
user configurable.
MAC
Media Access Controller - MAC address ~ the hardware address of the device.
MacTalk
A windows PC based program supplied from JVL. This is an overall program
to install, adjust and monitor the function of the motor and a module in
stalled in the motor.
TCP
Transfer Control Protocol (an IP based protocol used widely on the internet)
UDP
User Datagram (an IP based protocol used widely on the internet)
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (Automatic configuration of IP address netmask and gateway from a DHCP server).
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
155
7.2
7.2.1
Commissioning
Indicator LED’s - description.
The LED's are used for indicating states and faults of module. There is one power LED,
two link/activity LED's (one for each Ethernet connector) and 2 status LED's.
MAC Module Indicators
and label overview
General status
indicator
MIS Motor Indicators
and label overview
Power indicator
Error indicator
General status indicator
Line activity indicator (CN2)
Line activity indicator (CN3)
Error indicator
Power
indicator
MAC address
(placed at front)
Line activity
indicators
TT3059-02GB
MAC address
Hardware serial number
Hardware serial number
LED indicator descriptions - Covers both MAC and MIS.
LED Text Off
MAC / MIS
L/A IN /
L2
L/A OUT /
L3
RUN /
L1
ERROR /
ERR
PWR
Red
Orange
No valid Ethernet
connection
-
-
Ethernet is
connected
-
No valid Ethernet
connection
-
-
Ethernet is
connected
-
TCP server TCP client
open for
connected
connections
-
-
No Errors
Power is not
applied
Initializing
or no valid
Ethernet
Fatal error
-
-
-
Green
Power is
applied to
both motor
and module.
Flickering
Green
Very slow
blinking green
Wrong constellation of IP, NM,
and GW
Power is
applied to
module but
no communication with
motor.
Notes:
Flickering: Rapid flashing with a period of approx. 50ms(10Hz).
156
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
7.2
7.2.2
Commissioning
Mechanical installation
The network cables must be connected to the two M12 connectors marked “L/A IN” and “L/
A OUT” at the MAC module and “CN2” and “CN3” at the MIS motors.
The cable from the IO CONTROLLER is connected to either of the two ports. In the line topology, if there are more slave devices in the same line, the next slave device is connected to the
second port. Standard CAT 5 STP cables can be used. It is not recommended to use UTP cables
in industrial environments, which is typically very noisy.
7.2.3
Network configuration
To enable communication through the Ethernet network, the module needs a valid IP
address. This is either done manually in MacTalk, or DHCP is enabled in Mactalk, and
then the IP address, net mask and gateway is automatically obtained from a DHCP server. If DHCP is enabled then a DHCP server has to be available on the local network.
7.2.4
Communication description
Connect to Modbus TCP module by opening a TCP client connection to the module IP
address on port 502. It’s possibly to have only one open connection at a time.
The registers in the motor and in the module are all 32 bit. To comply with the clean 16bit Modbus standard, a 32-bit register must be read or written as two consecutive 16-bit
registers. The register address mapping follows the normal documented register numbers but the address field, must be multiplied by two, so to read or write register 3,
P_SOLL, use the address 6. Thereby, enabling transfer of one 32 bit register, as two 16
bit registers, where the least significant 16 bit “register” is transmitted first (see examples).
It is possibly to access both motor registers and Modbus TCP module registers. Motor
registers is accessed by addressing register 0x00 – 0x1FE (for motor register 0-255), and
module registers is accessed by addressing 0x8000 – 0x807E (for module register 0-64).
The Modbus TCP extension includes 7 additional bytes to the original Modbus protocol
which allows for transport over the TCP/IP layers – the MBAP header. So the frame format looks like this (excluding TCP/IP header):
| - MBAP Header - | - Function Code - | - Data - |
The MBAP Header (ModBus Application Protocol Header) consists of 7 bytes of information:
Transaction Identifier
2 bytes
Identification of Request/Response transaction
– copied from request to response
Protocol Identifier
2 bytes
0 = Modbus protocol
Length
2 bytes
number of following bytes – includes the unit identifier
Unit Identifier
1 byte
identification of remote slave.
Function codes
The MAC00-EMx / MISxxxxxxEMxx85 Modbus TCP module supports three function
codes:
0x03
Read holding registers
0x10
Write multiple registers (up to 32 modbus registers = 16 x 32bit registers)
0x17
Read/Write multiple registers
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
157
7.2
Commissioning
If an error is detected in the received request an exception frame is returned.
| - MBAP Header - | - Function Code - | - Exception code - |
The returned function code, in case of an exception, is the transmitted function code
with bit 7 set (means that 0x03 Î 0x83, and 0x10 Î 0x90, and 0x17 Î 0x97).
Exception codes
0x01
Function code not supported
0x02
Not allowed register no.
0x03
Too many registers or uneven no. of registers, as every register in motor/module is 32 bit
and requires 2 x 16 bit modbus registers.
(0x03) Read Holding Registers
Read of registers. Max. 124 x 16bit registers at a time (=62 x 32bit registers). Only even
no. of 16bit registers is supported. The response time is increased slightly for every register added. See Minimum poll time, page 160 for minimum poll time.
Request:
7 bytes
1 byte
2 bytes
MBAP header
Modbus Cmd.
(0x03)
Motor register no. x 2 or module Register count
register no. x 2 + 0x8000
2 bytes
Response:
7 bytes
1 byte
1 byte
2 bytes
MBAP header Modbus Cmd. (0x03) Data byte count Register value low 16bit
2 bytes
Register value high 16bit
Example, read of module register 3 (= IP address = 192.168.100.1 =
0xC0.0xA8.0x64.0x01):
Request |0x00|0x01|0x00|0x00|0x00|0x06|0x01|0x03|0x80|0x06|0x00|0x02|
Response – (Note the byte order!)
|0x00|0x01|0x00|0x00|0x00|0x07|0x01|0x03|0x04|0x64|0x01|0xC0|0xA8|
Possibly exception responses: 0x02, 0x03.
For further documentation see “Modbus_Application_Protocol_V1_1b.pdf” and
“Modbus_Messaging_Implementation_Guide_V1_0b.pdf” found on www.modbus.org.
!
158
Please notice: Even though all registers is transmitted as 32 bit, some of them
originally derive from 16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those situations it
is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
7.2
Commissioning
(0x10) Write Multiple registers
Max. 32 x 16bit write registers at a time (=16 x 32bit registers). Only even no. of 16bit
registers are supported
Request:
7 bytes
1 byte
MBAP
header
Modbus Cmd. Motor register no. x 2 or mod- Register count Register value Register value
low 16bit
high 16bit
(0x10)
ule register no. x 2 + 0x8000
2 bytes
2 bytes
2 bytes
2 bytes
Response:
7 bytes
1 byte
MBAP
header
Modbus Cmd. Motor register no. x 2 or modRegister count
(0x10)
ule register no. x 2 + 0x8000
2 bytes
2 bytes
Example, write of motor register 3 (= P_SOLL = 0x12345678):
Request – (Note the byte order!)
|0x00|0x02|0x00|0x00|0x00|0x0B|0x01|0x10|0x00|0x06|0x00|0x02|0x04|0
x56|0x78|0x12|0x34|
Response |0x00|0x02|0x00|0x00|0x00|0x06|0x01|0x10|0x00|0x06|0x00|0x02|
Possibly exception responses: 0x02, 0x03.
For further documentation see “Modbus_Application_Protocol_V1_1b.pdf” and
“Modbus_Messaging_Implementation_Guide_V1_0b.pdf” found on www.modbus.org.
Note! Even though all registers is to be transmitted as 32 bit some of them originally
derive from 16 bit in the MAC050-141. In those situations it is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
(0x17) Read/Write multiple registers
Simultaneous read and write of registers. Max. 124 x 16bit read registers at a time (=62
x 32bit registers). And max. 32 x 16bit write registers at a time (=16 x 32bit registers).
Only even no. of 16bit registers is supported.
The response time is increased slightly for every register added. See Minimum poll time,
page 160 for minimum poll time.
Request:
7 bytes 1 byte
MBAP Modbus
header Cmd.
(0x17)
2 bytes
Read Motor
register no. x 2
or Read Module
register no. x 2
+ 0x8000
2 bytes
Register
count
Read.
(Max.
124)
2 bytes
Write Motor
register no. x
2 or Write
Module register no. x 2 +
0x8000
2 bytes
Register
count
Write.
(Max. 32)
1 byte
Write
byte
count
2 bytes**
Register
value
write low
16bit
2 bytes**
Register
value write
high 16bit
** To be repeated 1-16 times.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
159
7.2
Commissioning
Response:
7 bytes 1 byte
MBAP
header
1 byte
Modbus
Data byte
Cmd. (0x17) count
2 bytes*
2 bytes*
Register value low 16bit
Register value high 16bit
* To be repeated 1-62 times.
Example:
Read of module register 3 (= IP address = 192.168.100.1 = 0xC0.0xA8.0x64.0x01) and
write of motor register 3 (= P_SOLL = 0x12345678) in one operation:
Request - (Note the byte order!)
|0x00|0x02|0x00|0x00|0x00|0x0B|0x01|0x17|0x80|0x06|0x00|0x02|0x00|
0x06|0x00|0x02|0x04|0x56|0x78|0x12|0x34|
Response - (Note the byte order!)
|0x00|0x01|0x00|0x00|0x00|0x07|0x01|0x17|0x04|0x64|0x01|0xC0|0xA8|
Possibly exception responses: 0x02, 0x03.
For further documentation see "Modbus_Application_Protocol_V1_1b.pdf" and
"Modbus_Messaging_Implementation_Guide_V1_0b.pdf" found on www.modbus.org.
!
7.2.5
Please notice:
Even though all registers is transmitted as 32 bit, some of them originally derive from
16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those situations it is necessary to interpret
them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
Minimum poll time
The minimum poll time is the minimum amount of time between each poll request on
the Ethernet. If operating with values lower than those listed, data loss will occur.
No. of polled motor
registers (32bit)
Motor series
MAC050-MAC141
MAC400-MAC3000
MIS34x or 43x
1
2ms
2ms
2ms
5
10ms
3ms
3ms
10
20ms
4ms
4ms
The minimum poll times is only valid if not sending any requests while in any operating
mode. MODULE registers can be appended at no extra timing cost. If motor register 35
is not polled it will be added internally anyway and has to be added to the minimum cycle
time with 2ms if MAC050-MAC141.
160
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
7.2
7.2.6
Commissioning
Quick start guide
This section describes the steps to configure the MAC00-EMx module or the MISxxxxxxEMxxxx motor using the shareware program Modbus poll, which can be obtained from the website: http://www.modbustools.com/
Set IP address
1. Connect the RS232 communication cable.
2. Apply power to the motor, and make sure the PWR LED is lit.
3. Open MacTalk and select the “MAC00-EM (Modbus TCP)” tab.
4. Change the IP address, to one suitable for the network.
5. Press “Apply and save”.
Installation
6. Connect an Ethernet RJ45-M12 cable to the Ethernet interface of the PC with Modbus Poll installed and to “L/A IN” and “L/A OUT”) at the MAC module and “CN2”
and “CN3” at the MIS motors.
7. Make sure power is applied to all devices.
Connect to MAC00-EMx or MISxxxxxxEMxxxx
8. In the Connection menu of Modbus Poll select Connect.
9. The connection is made by choosing the “Modbus TCP/IP” protocol, the IP address
of the motor, and port 502. As seen below.
TT3060-01GB
10. The “Run” led on the motor (which is red when powering up) should now change
from orange to green when connected to the client (Modbus poll).
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
161
7.2
Commissioning
Setup poll registers
11. When connected it is possibly to change the polling of registers in the motor by rightclicking in the default “Mbpoll1” window and selecting “read/write definition”. In the
shown example below is chosen “Address:” 20 (= register 10), and “Quantity:” 6 (=
3 x 32bit registers). This means that register 10, 11 and 12 is polled.
TT3061-01GB
12. By choosing File and New a second poll window is opened where “Address:” 70 and
“Quantity:” 2 is chosen. Meaning that error register 35 is polled. Your screen should
now look something like this:
TT3062-01GB
162
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
7.2
Commissioning
Transmit data to motor
You can transmit data to the motor by chosing Functions and 16: Write registers, and
if choosing “Address:” 4, “Quantity:” 2, and data = 0x01 (in address 004 = least significant 16bit) as shown below (mode register = velocity) the motor should start turning.
If not then try to also write velocity (reg. 5 = addr. 10), acceleration (reg. 6 = addr. 12)
and/or Torque (reg. 7 = addr. 14) to some valid values. Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix:
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 or
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226.
TT3063-01GB
Note! Even though all registers is to be transmitted as 32 bit some of them originally
derive from 16 bit in the MAC050-141. In those situations it is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
163
7.3
Register access
The registers in the motor and in the module are all 32 bit (at least they are when travelling through the module so special care must be taken with those registers in MAC050141 which originally is 16bit). To comply with the clean 16-bit Modbus standard, a 32-bit
register must be read or written as two consecutive 16-bit registers. The register address mapping follows the normal documented register numbers but the address field
must be multiplied by two, so to read or write motor register 3, P_SOLL, use the address
6. Thereby enabling transfer of one 32 bit register, as two 16 bit registers, where the
least significant 16 bit “register” is transmitted first (see examples in section 7.2.4).
Motor registers is accessed by addressing register 0x00 – 0x1FE (for logic motor register
0-255), and module registers is accessed by addressing 0x8000 – 0x807E (for logic module register 0-64). Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix:
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 or Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226.
7.3.1
Module registers.
Logic
Modbus
register address
no.
(hex)
Modbus
address
(dec)
Read Default Description
only
0
0x8000
32768
X
Not used
1
0x8002
32770
X
High 16 bit of MAC address (placed in low 16 bit of word)
2
0x8004
32772
X
Low 32 bit of MAC address
3
0x8006
32774
IP address
4
0x8008
32776
Net mask
5
0x800A
32778
6
0x800C
32780
7
0x800E
32782
Digital outputs on module
8
0x8010
32784
Reserved for other protocols
9
0x8012
32786
Reserved for other protocols
10
0x8014
32788
Modbus timeout. 0 = timeout function disabled
11-14
0x8016
0X801C
15
0X801E
16 – 31
0x8020 –
0x803E
32
0x8040
32832
X
Module serial no.
33
0x8042
32834
X
Module hardware version
34
0x8044
32836
X
Module software version
35
0x8046
32838
X
No. of internal motor communication timeouts
36
0x8048
32840
X
No. of retry frames to motor
37
0x804A
32842
X
No. of discarded frames to motor
38
0x804C
32844
X
Total no. of frames to motor
39-46
0x804E –
0X805C
X
Reserved for future use
47
0x805E
32862
X
Digital inputs on module
48
0x8060
32864
X
Status bits
49-63
0x8062 –
0X807E
X
Reserved for future use
Gateway
0x00
Setup bits
Reserved for future use
32798
Command register
Reserved for other protocols
Note: Module parameters are not automatically saved to permanent memory after a
change. The parameters can be saved permanently by applying a “Save parameters to
flash” command afterwards.
164
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
7.4
Examples
In this section is shown some examples of controlling the motor by Modbus TCP. As master is
used the shareware program Modbus poll which can be obtained from the website: http://
www.modbustools.com/
These examples assume you are already connected to the motor.
For connecting to the motor, please follow the Quick start guide, page 161.
7.4.1
Running Velocity control
To use the JVL motor in velocity mode the following motor registers is of interest.
1.
2.
3.
4.
“Mode” – mode, register 2
“V_SOLL” – velocity, register 5
“A_SOLL” – acceleration, register 6
“Error/Status” – register 35
So to control these registers setup polling of motor register 12 – actual velocity (modbus
address 24), and motor register 35 (modbus address 70).
This could look like shown below.
TT3064-01GB
Now we can monitor the motor errors and the motor velocity.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
165
7.4
Examples
Calculate the values needed for velocity and acceleration (constant values valid for
MAC400, MAC1500 and MAC3000).
1. Set the needed velocity. V_SOLL = V x 2.8369 [rpm]
Ex. We need the motor to run with a constant speed of 1200 RPM. So,
V_SOLL = 1200 x 2,8369 = 3404 cnt/smp (= 0x0D4C)
2. Set the needed acceleration. A_SOLL = A / 271 [RPM/s2]
Ex. We need the motor to accelerate with 100,000 RPM/s2 so,
A_SOLL = 100,000/271 = 369 cnt/smp2 (= 0x0171)
Insert the calculated values in send frames and send to motor as shown below (modbus
address 10-11 = register 5, modbus address 12-13 = register 6). Remember to press
the send button for every new value.
TT3065-01GB
Now set the motor in velocity mode and thereby activate the motor.
Ex. The motor needs to be activated by setting it into velocity mode, so we need to set the
mode register to the value 1. Mode = 1 which is velocity mode, now the motor will use the
acceleration and the velocity just configured. (Modbus address 4-5 = register 2).
TT3066-01GB
166
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
7.4
7.4.2
Examples
Running Position control
Running the motor in position control requires that the mode register is set for position
control. The following registers is of particular interest when position mode is used.
• Poll registers
- "Actual position" -P_IST, register 10
- "Actual velocity" -V_IST, register 12
- "Motor load mean" - average motor load, register 16
- "Follow error" - The actual position error, register 20
- "Error/Status" -register 35
• Write registers
- “Mode” – mode, register 2
- "Requested position" -P_SOLL, register 3
- "Requested velocity" -V_SOLL, register 5
- "Requested acceleration" -A_SOLL, register 6
In this mode the position is controlled by applying a requested position to the "P_SOLL"
-register and the actual position is monitored in the "P_IST" register. The V_SOLL and
A_SOLL registers sets the velocity and acceleration used when positioning occurs.
For easy setup we can use a single poll setup for the registers 10,12,16 and 20, and another for register 35, see figure below but it also is possibly to setup one poll instance for
every single register.
TT3067-01GB
Calculate the values needed for velocity and acceleration and send to the motor, see previous example.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
167
7.4
Examples
Now set the motor into position mode and thereby activate the motor.
Ex. The motor needs to be activated by setting it into position mode so we need to set the
mode register to the value 2. Mode = 2 which is position mode, now the motor will use the
acceleration and the velocity just configured. (Modbus address 4-5 = register 2).
TT3068-01GB
Set a position in the motor by writing a position to register 3 (P_SOLL = Modbus address 6-7),
in the example shown below is used position 5,000,000 (= 0x 004C 4B40), remark the order.
TT3069-01GB
168
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
7.4
7.4.3
Examples
General considerations
The register 35 in the motor holds information on the actual error/status. So it is crucial
that this register is configured in the polled data and thereby obtained and monitored in
the Master. In case of an error situation the motor will stop and the cause will be present
in the register 35.
This register also holds information on the motion status such as:
• In position, bit 4
• Accelerating, bit 5
• Decelerating, bit 6
Please find a complete list of register descriptions in the appendix:
Motor registers MAC050 - 141, page 200 or
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000, page 209 or
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x, page 226.
The JVL motor is basically put into a working mode and into a passive mode where the
motor axle is de-energized, by setting register 2 into either 0 = "passive mode" or into
one of the supported modes.
Example.
1= "Velocity mode" / 2= "Position mode" / etc.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
169
170
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
8
Module Registers
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
171
8.1
Register Overview
The module registers are accessible from Mactalk or from the Ethernet with the installed
protocol.
8.1.1
Register list.
Register
number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12-14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40-46
47
48
49
50-63
N
Type
UNSIGNED8
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
UNSIGNED32
Read
only Default Description
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
63
0x0
0
0
0
2
10
12
169
35
2
3
5
7
0
-
Subindex count
High 16 bit of MAC address (placed in low 16 bit of word)
Low 32 bit of MAC address
IP address
Net mask
Gateway
Setup bits
Digital outputs on module
Poll division factor
Station alias
Modbus TCP time out value
Input mask
Reserved for future use
Command register
Register no. to place in TxPDO 21, position 1.
Register no. to place in TxPDO 21, position 2.
Register no. to place in TxPDO 21, position 3.
Register no. to place in TxPDO 21, position 4.
Register no. to place in TxPDO 21, position 5.
Register no. to place in TxPDO 21, position 6.
Register no. to place in TxPDO 21, position 7.
Register no. to place in TxPDO 21, position 8.
Register no. to place in RxPDO 21, position 1.
Register no. to place in RxPDO 21, position 2.
Register no. to place in RxPDO 21, position 3.
Register no. to place in RxPDO 21, position 4.
Register no. to place in RxPDO 21, position 5.
Register no. to place in RxPDO 21, position 6.
Register no. to place in RxPDO 21, position 7.
Register no. to place in RxPDO 21, position 8.
Module serial no.
Module hardware version
Module software version
No. of internal motor communication timeouts
No. of retry frames to motor
No. of discarded frames to motor
Total no. of frames to motor
No. of SPI CRC errors
Reserved for future use
Digital inputs on module
Status bits
Installed protocol type
Reserved for future use
Access to the motor parameter n
Note: Module parameters are not automatically saved to permanent memory after a
change. The parameters can be saved permanently by applying a "Save parameters to flash" command afterwards.
172
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.2.4
8.2.5
8.2.6
Register Descriptions.
Register 1 - MAC address MSB.
The 2 most significant bytes of the module MAC address is placed here.
Bit
16-31
0-15
Output
Reserved
16 Most significant bits of MAC address.
Register 2 - MAC address LSB.
The 2 most significant bytes of the module MAC address is placed here.
Bit
0-31
Output
32 Least significant bits of MAC address.
Register 3 - IP address.
This is the combined IP address and node ID of the device. Only the node ID part is
writeable the rest of the IP address is fixed.
Bit
24-31
16-23
8-15
0-7
I/O
192
168
100
Node ID
Register 4 - Netmask.
This is the netmask of the device. The netmask is fixed.
Bit
24-31
16-23
8-15
0-7
I/O
255
255
255
0
Register 5 - Gateway.
This is the gateway address of the device. The gateway address is also fixed.
Bit
24-31
16-23
8-15
0-7
I/O
192
168
100
254
Register 6 - Setup bits
This register is used to setup the module configuration and how the module should react
on different events.
Bit
11-31
10
9
Output Reser- DHCP Input
ved
Enable Mirror
8
7
6
5
Output Input PDO - Mirror
8 regis- regisMirror debounce ters
ters
4
3
2
1
EndEnable Clear Disable
drive
“Name error
less
relative profile of
hanstation” dling
0
Ethernet
error
handling.
Change of bits also requires save in flash (save to permanent memory) and a power cycle
to be activated.
Bit 0
Ethernet error handling
Bit 1
Disable error handling
0* = Set motor to passive mode when error occurs.
1 =Set velocity to 0 when error occurs (active brake).
0* = Ethernet error handling enabled.
1 =Ethernet error handling disabled.
Continued next page
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
173
8.2
Register Descriptions.
Bit 2
Clear “Name of station” 0 = "Name of station" is preserved after power up.
1* = "Name of station" is blank after power up. Only applicable to the Profinet protocol.
Bit 3
Enable drive profile
0 = JVL drive profile.
1* = CiA® DSP-402 drive profile enabled. Only applicable to
the EtherCAT® protocol.
Bit 4
Endless relative
0* = Endless relative disabled.
1 = Endless relative enabled. If relative mode is selected in
the control word, then the actual position never changes. When selecting this mode absolute positioning can
no longer be used.
This bit only applies for DSP-402 profile.
Bit 5
Mirror registers
0* = No mirror of module registers.
1 = Enable mirror of module registers to start address
0x300. Only applicable to the ModbusTCP protocol.
Bit 6
PDO - 8 registers
0* = 5 x 32 bit registers in each PDO.
1 = 8 x 32 bit registers in each PDO. Requires a save in flash
and a power cycle to be activated. Only applicable to JVL
profile (not DSP-402).
Bit 7
Input de-bounce
0* = No input de-bounce
1 = Enable de-bounce on input 1-4, when mirror to motor.
(Results in a 15-25ms delay, where normal response
time is below 1ms).
Bit 8
Output mirror
0* = No output mirror
1 = Enable mirror of module outputs from motor error
register bit 30-31.
Bit 9
Input mirror
0* = No input mirror
1 = Enable mirror of module inputs to motor register 210
bit 2-5.
Bit 10
DHCP enable
0* = DHCP disabled.
1 = Enable of DHCP in module. Only applicable to EthernetIP and ModbusTCP protocols.
* Factory default.
174
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
8.2
8.2.7
Register Descriptions.
Register 7 - Digital outputs on module.
Only applicable for MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41
With this object the digital outputs can be controlled.
The value written to this object is directly shown on the digital outputs.
Bit
2-31
Output
Reserved
*
8.2.8
1
0
Output2*
Output1*
(O2)
(O1)
The availability of the outputs depends on the actual version of the module used.
MAC00-EC4 only support Output 1 (O1).
MAC00-EC41 supports both output 1 and 2 (O1 and O2).
Register 8 - Poll division factor.
With this object a poll division factor can be set. This enables use of cycle times faster
than the motor is capable of. If for example having a MAC050-141 and 5 cyclic write and
5 cyclic read registers, then a minimum cycle time of 20ms is needed. Instead it is possible
to have a net cycle time of 1ms, and a poll division factor of 20. Then the motor internally
only get updated every 20ms.
Bit
16-31
0 - 15
R/W
Reserved
Poll division factor
Only applicable for EtherCAT® in MAC050-141. Only read at power-up, or after reset.
So in order to change the value, first change this value, then issue a “save in flash” command, then reset the module.
8.2.9
Register 9 - Station alias (node number).
Only applicable to EtherCAT.
With this object a station alias (node number) is set manually.
Bit
16-31
0 - 15
R/W
Reserved
Station alias
Only read at power-up, or after reset. So in order to change the value, first change this
value, then issue a “save in flash” command, then reset the module.
8.2.10
Register 10 Modbus time-out
Only applicable to ModbusTCP.
The Modbus TCP protocol does not have an implementation for timeout on application
layer and this may be required when controlling a drive. A supervision method has been
implemented for this purpose. If modbus timeout is set to zero, this feature is disabled.
The unit of the parameter is 100ms (e.g. “35” will give 3.5 seconds).
Bit
16-31
0-15
Output
Reserved
Modbus timeout in units of 100ms.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
175
8.2
8.2.11
Register Descriptions.
Register 11 - Input mask
Only applicable for MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41
Only applicable to EtherCAT® with CiA402 drive profile.
This register is used to setup input mask on the digital inputs (IN1-4).
Bit
16-31
15-12
11-8
7-4
3-0
Output
Reserved
Reserved
PL mask
Reserved
NL mask
NL mask Bit set results in that corresponding input is configured as Negative Limit
switch. Bit 0-3 corresponds to IN1-4.
PL mask Bit set results in that corresponding input is configured as positive Limit
switch. Bit 8-11 corresponds to IN1-4.
8.2.12
Register 15 - Command register
This object is used for sending commands to the module and is write only.
Use this register instead of the MAC/MIS motor command register when used cyclic, to
make sure that commands are only executed once.
If this register is placed in the cyclic list, and it is requested to execute the same command
more than once, then it is required to send a "No operation" command in between.
The possible commands are listed in the three tables shown below and in the next pages.
• The first table lists commands executed by the Ethernet module it self, which is mainly
common to all MAC and MIS motors.
• The second table lists commands which are redirected to the MAC motor command
register and executed by the MAC motor controller, if the Ethernet module is installed
in a MAC motor.
• The third table lists commands which are redirected to the MIS motor command register and executed by the MIS motor controller, if the Ethernet module is installed in
a MIS motor.
Be aware that some of the commands only applies for specific protocols.
Common commands
Command no.
Command description
Hex
Dec
MAC050 - MAC141
MAC400 – MAC3000 MIS34x / 43x
Module only commands
0x 0000 0000
0
No operation
< Same as
< Same as
0x 0000 0001
1
Reset the module
< Same as
< Same as
0x 0000 0010
16 Save module parameters to flash
< Same as
< Same as
0x 0000 0011
17 Flash with power LED for 120 seconds.
< Same as
< Same as
0x 0000 0012
18 Restore factory defaults.
< Same as
< Same as
0x 0000 0013
19 Copy Sync0 pulse to Out1
< Same as
No operation
0x 0000 0014
20 Remove Sync0 from Out1
< Same as
No operation
Synchronized commands
Simultaneous reset of the motor and the
0x 0000 0101 257
< Same as
< Same as
module
Save the motor parameters in flash
0x 0000 0110 272 memory, and do a re-sync. of internal
< Same as
< Same as
communication afterwards.
176
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
8.2
Register Descriptions.
MAC motor commands" Only applicable for motors with module MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41
Command no.
Hex
Command description
Dec
0x 8000 0001
2147483649
0x 8000 0002
2147483650
0x8000 00E0
0x8000 00E1
0x8000 00E2
0x8000 00E3
0x8000 00E4
0x8000 00E5
0x8000 00E6
0x8000 00E7
0x8000 00E8
0x8000 00E9
0x8000 00EA
0x8000 00EB
0x8000 00EC
0x8000 00ED
0x8000 00EE
0x8000 00EF
0x8000 00F0
0x8000 00F1
0x8000 00F2
0x8000 00F3
0x8000 00F4
0x8000 00F5
0x8000 00F6
2147483872
2147483873
2147483874
2147483875
2147483876
2147483877
2147483878
2147483879
2147483880
2147483881
2147483882
2147483883
2147483884
2147483885
2147483886
2147483887
2147483888
2147483889
2147483890
2147483891
2147483892
2147483893
2147483894
0x8000 00F7
2147483895
0x8000 00F8
2147483896
0x8000 00F9
0x8000 00FA
0x8000 00FB
0x8000 00FC
0x8000 00FD
0x8000 00FE
0x8000 00FF
2147483897
2147483898
2147483899
2147483900
2147483901
2147483902
2147483903
MAC050 - MAC141
Reset motor (not recommended, use synchronized
version instead).
Save motor parameters in flash and reset motor (not
recommended, use synchronized version instead).
No operation
Reset error (Clear error bits in motor register 35)
P_SOLL = 0
P_IST = 0
P_FNC = 0
V_SOLL = 0
T_SOLL = 0
Reset IN_POS, AC C,DEC
P_FNC = (FLWERR - P7) * 16
P_FNC = (FLWERR - P8) * 16
Reserved
Reserved
Activate P1,V1,A1,T1,L1,Z1
Activate P2,V2,A2,T2,L2,Z2
Activate P3,V3,A3,T3,L3,Z3
Activate P4,V4,A4,T4,L4,Z4
Start search zero
P_SOLL = P_IST + P7;
P_SOLL = P_IST + P8;
Reserved
Select absolute position mode
Select relative position mode using P_SOLL
Select relative position mode using P_FNC
Synchronize position manually using
absolute new values.
P_IST = P_NEW;
P_SOLL = P_NEW;
P_FUNC = P_NEW * 16;
Synchronize position manually using relative
new values. (basically offset the position
range with the value of P_NEW).
P_IST = P_IST + P_NEW;
P_SOLL = P_SOLL + P_NEW;
P_FUNC = P_FUNC + (P_NEW * 16);
No operation
No operation
No operation
No operation
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
MAC400 – MAC3000
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
P_SOLL = P_IST + P7 – FLWERR;
P_SOLL = P_IST + P8 – FLWERR;
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
Synchronize position manually using
absolute new values.
P_IST = P_NEW;
P_SOLL = P_NEW;
P_FNC = (P_NEW + FLWERR)*16;
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
< Same as
Table continued next page
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
177
8.2
Register Descriptions.
MIS motor commands - Only applicable for MISxxxxxxExxxxx
Command no.
Command description
Motor only FastMac commands (via module cmd register)
Hex
0x8000 0060
0x8000 0061
0x8000 0062
0x8000 0063
0x8000 0064
0x8000 0065
0x8000 0066
0x8000 0067
0x8000 0068
0x8000 0069
0x8000 006A
0x8000 006B
0x8000 006C
0x8000 006D
0x8000 006E
0x8000 006F
0x8000 0070
0x8000 0071
0x8000 0072
0x8000 0073
0x8000 0074
0x8000 0075
0x8000 0076
0x8000 0077
0x8000 0078
0x8000 0079
0x8000 007A
0x8000 007B
0x8000 007C
0x8000 007D
0x8000 007E
0x8000 007F
Dec
2147483744
2147483745
2147483746
2147483747
2147483748
2147483749
2147483750
2147483751
2147483752
2147483753
2147483754
2147483755
2147483756
2147483757
2147483758
2147483759
2147483760
2147483761
2147483762
2147483763
2147483764
2147483765
2147483766
2147483767
2147483768
2147483769
2147483770
2147483771
2147483772
2147483773
2147483774
2147483775
No operation
Reset errors and warnings
P_SOLL = 0
P_IST = 0
Reserved ( do not use)
V_SOLL = 0
Reserved ( do not use)
Reset InPos, Acc, Dec
Reserved ( do not use)
Reserved ( do not use)
Reserved ( do not use)
Reserved ( do not use)
Activate P1, V1, A1, T1
Activate P2, V2, A2, T2
Activate P3, V3, A3, T3
Activate P4, V4, A4, T4
Start zero search
P_SOLL = P_IST + P7
P_SOLL = P_IST + P8
No operation
Select absolute position mode
Select relative position mode
Reserved, do not use
Copy P_NEW to both P_SOLL and P_IST
Add P_NEW to both P_SOLL and P_IST
Reserved ( do not use)
Reserved ( do not use)
Reserved ( do not use)
Reserved ( do not use)
Reserved ( do not use)
Reserved ( do not use)
Reserved ( do not use)
Motor only normal commands (via module cmd register)
0x8000 010B
0x8000 010C
178
Reset motor (not recommended, use synchronized version instead).
Save motor parameters in flash and reset motor (not recommended, use synchronized
version instead).
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
8.2
Register Descriptions.
8.2.13
Register 16-23 - Register no. to place in “Cyclic Read”
These registers contain the numbers that define the registers which are in the Cyclic
Read.
That is the register's, which is transmitted from slave to master cyclically. If some of these
registers are changed, it is necessary to issue a "save in flash" command and to reboot the
device before the changes take effect.
8.2.14
Register 24-31 - Register no. to place in “Cyclic Write”
These registers contain the numbers that define the registers which are in the Cyclic
Write.
That is the register's, which is transmitted from master to slave cyclically. If some of these
registers are changed, it is necessary to issue a "save in flash" command and to reboot the
device before the changes take effect.
8.2.15
Register 32-38
These registers contain HW, SW and communication information of the module.
8.2.16
Register 39 CRC error count on SPI.
This register reflects the no. of CRC errors that have occurred on the internal SPI communication with the motor, since power up.
8.2.17
Register 47 - Digital inputs on module
Only applicable for MAC00-Ex4/-Ex41
With this object the status of the 4 digital inputs can be read.
Bit
4-31
Input
Reserved
*
8.2.18
3
2
1
0
IN4*
IN3*
IN2*
IN1*
The availability of the inputs depends on the actual version of the module used.
MAC00-EC4 only support Input 1 (IN1).
MAC00-EC41 supports input 1, 2, 3 and 4 (IN1, IN2, IN3 and IN4).
Register 48 - Status bits
This register is used for miscellaneous information about the module.
Bit
16-31 15
Output Do
not
use
14
13
PL
NL
Sync
active active error
12
11
10
9
8
RS232
Mactalk
UDP
Mactalk
Distibuted
Clock
enabled.
Only aplicable
to
EtherCAT®.
Cyclic PLC communication is running. Applicable to
EthernetIP, EtherCAT®, Powerlink,
or Profinet.
Do 1=No com- Do
not
munica- not
use
tion with use
the
motor
7
0-6
Further descriptions - see next page
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
179
8.2
Register Descriptions.
BIT 7
No motor comm.No communication between motor and module.
BIT 9
CYCLIC RunningCyclic communication with PLC running. Not aplicable for the ModbusTCP protocol.
Bit 10
DC enableDistributed Clocks enabled. Only aplicable to EtherCAT.
Bit 11
UDP Mactalk. MacTalk connected via UDP
Bit 12
RS232 MacTalk. MacTalk connected via RS232
Bit 13
SYNC_ERROR. PLL synchronization error in motor
Bit 14
NL_ERROR. Negative limit switch activated
Bit 15
PL_ERROR. Positive limit switch activated.
8.2.19
180
Register 49 - Current protocol type installed in Ethernet module
0x34 = EthernetIP.
0x35 = EtherCAT®.
0x36 = Ethernet POWERLINK.
0x37 = ProfiNet.
0x38 = ModbusTCP.
0x39 = SercosIII. Not available yet.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
9
Using MacTalk over Ethernet
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
181
9.1
9.1.1
Using MacTalk over Ethernet
Introduction
The configuration software tool MacTalk is able to connect to a motor either using a serial connection or an Ethernet based TCP/IP connection.
Please notice that there are some limitations/precautions.
• Currently only the PROFINET, the EthernetIP, the ModbusTCP and EtherCAT
is supported.
PROFINET IO firmware version must be firmware version 3.17 Build 425 or higher.
EthernetIP must be firmware version 3.21 Build 425 or higher.
ModbusTCP must be firmware version 3.17 or higher.
EtherCAT must be min. firmware version 3.25 build 1120 or higher.
• Make sure the motor has the latest firmware installed, that is V2.11 or newer for
MAC400-3000 and V9.01 for MAC50-141. Ethernet connectivity is only supported in
the MISxxxxxxExxxxxx series of stepper motors. For the MIS motors please use
firmware V1.12 or greater. All the firmwares required should be included in the install
package for MacTalk or by using the internet update feature in MacTalk.
• Make sure that Mactalk is version 1.50.49 or newer.
• At the moment firmware update is still only possible using the standard serial connection.
• eRxP programming over Ethernet is only possible with MIS motors or with Ethernet
module firmwares with build numbers of at least 1120.
• You should not have a serial cable connected at the same time as Mactalk over Ethernet, as it will ruin any attempts on eRxP programming, and firmware updates.
The hardware required is the mandatory 24V supply for the motor and the Ethernet cable going either from an Ethernet switch or directly from the PC to the M12 connector
on the MAC00-Exx module in the motor.
In order to establish the Ethernet connection from the PC where MacTalk is running, to
the motor the PC and the motor needs to be configured to run on the same network.
By default the motor is configured to run on the following IP-address: 192.168.0.XX at
startup where XX refers to the last 2 digits in the MAC-ID which is printed on a label.
So, if a MAC-ID has the value: 00 : 50 : C2 : D0 : C9 : 14, then the IP address is set to:
192.168.0.20. Please remark that the MAC address is in hexadecimal and that the IP address is in decimal.
The PC from where MacTalk is used needs to be configured for this IP range.
The in depth PC – configuration is beyond the scope of this manual since this greatly depends on the networks equipment end network connected. However a brief description
on how to configure the IP address manually is discussed. This method is necessary if the
motor is connected directly to the Ethernet port in the PC or if the network isn’t capable
of assigning IP addresses to connected equipment automatically.
NOTE!
With laptops or desktops with more than one network card, ie. a wireless one, it can be
necessary to turn off the unused one, to force windows to route the requests the correct
way.
182
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
9.2
9.2.1
Setting up the Ethernet at the PC
Setting up the EthernetIP, Profinet or ModbusTCP at the PC.
When a connection is made directly from the PC it is very important to observe the IPsettings of the PC, since the most common way is for the PC to receive the settings from
a server such as a DHCP/server or similar.
Since the motor doesn’t offer any DHCP service it is necessary to setup the IP-address
in the PC manually.
Please note that this is taken from Windows 7, but the method is basically the same for
other Windows version.
To reach the IP settings please follow this path:
Step 1.
Press the LAN-Connection and press the “Properties”.
Follow this path to find the network settings
LAN-connection
TT3071-01GB
Find the «LAN-Connection»
Continued next page
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
183
9.2
Setting up the Ethernet at the PC
Step 2.
Find the “Internet protocol version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” and press “Properties”.
Find the «Internet protocol
version 4 (TCP/IPv4)»
Press «Properties»
TT3072-01GB
Press «Properties»
Now the settings finally appears and we are able to change the IP address, subnet mask
and gateway.
Step 3.
Select “Use the following” and enter a valid configuration similar to the one below.
TT3073-01GB
The above example is a basic settings that sets the IP address on the PC to 192.168.0.59,
subnet mask to 255.255.255.0 and the gateway to 1.1.1.1.
Now the PC is configured for a fixed IP address and is ready to establish the connection
to the motor.
184
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
9.2
9.2.2
Setting up the Ethernet at the PC
Setting up the Ethernet at the PC (EtherCAT).
With EtherCAT it is not allowed to connect Mactalk directly to the JVL motor(s) via
Ethernet. As this protocol is a master-slave protocol it is only allowed to connect Mactalk
to the Master which then routes the Mactalk frames to the motor(s), and response
frames back to Mactalk. This is done via a special protocol named EoE (Ethernet over
EtherCAT), by which the normal Ethernet frames are send on the EtherCAT network in
between the real-time frames. Please see the illustration below.
TT3105-01GB
Mactalk
IP: 172.16.17.100
GW:172.16.17.1
Normal Ethernet
IP: 172.16.17.1
EtherCAT
master
IP: 10.10.10.20
JVL
Motor
IP: 10.10.10.233
GW: 10.10.10.20
JVL
Motor
IP: 10.10.10.234
GW: 10.10.10.20
JVL
Motor
IP: 10.10.10.xxx
GW: 10.10.10.20
EtherCAT network
The IP addresses shown on the figure is just an example of a working configuration.
The EtherCAT master needs to be setup to act as a router between Mactalk and the
slaves on the EtherCAT network. The EtherCAT master has to be setup first, to know
what to setup in the Mactalk-PC and in the JVL motor slaves. Below is shown the steps
for configuring a Beckhoff TwinCAT master to route normal Ethernet frames to the JVL
slaves on the EtherCAT network.
Step 1-3.
Select the I/O Device, then select the “EtherCAT” tab and press the “Advanced Settings”
button.
TT3106-01GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
185
9.2
Setting up the Ethernet at the PC
Then it is possible to setup the JVL Motors for working correctly with EoE. Please follow
the steps shown below.
Step 4.
Check the “IP Enable Router” in the EoE support. If not already checked, then a reboot
of the EtherCAT master is necessary.
TT3107-01GB
Step 5.
Find the IP addresses of the interfaces in the EtherCAT master. If necessary then change
them to something suitable (beyond the scope of this manual).
TT3108-01GB
186
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
9.2
Setting up the Ethernet at the PC
Step 1-3.
Select the JVL Drive, then select the “EtherCAT” tab and press the “Advanced Settings”
button.
TT3109-01GB
Step 4.
In the “Advanced Settings” window expand the “Mailbox” item and press the “EoE”
item. Check that “IP Port” and “IP Address” checkboxes is checked. If not then check
them. Make sure that the IP address, subnet mask and the default Gateway is suitable (IP
address have to be same subnet as the EtherCAT interface on the EtherCAT master; the
Default gateway have to be exactly the IP address of the EtherCAT interface on the EtherCAT master).
TT3110-01GB
When there is a router – as is necessary in EtherCAT – in between Mactalk and the motor, the Mactalk PC has to be setup so it knows the IP address of the router to use.
So setup the Gateway address in the Mactalk PC to the IP address of the Ethernet interface of the EtherCAT master, and be sure that the Mactalk PC, IP address is in the same
subnet as the EtherCAT master.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
187
9.2
Setting up the Ethernet at the PC
Follow the steps in paragraph 9.2.1 - Setting up the EthernetIP, Profinet or ModbusTCP at
the PC., page 183, but exchange the IP address with one in the same subnet as the Ethernet interface of the EtherCAT master, and set the default gateway to the IP address of
the Ethernet interface of the EtherCAT master. With the settings used in this example
the setup looks like this:
TT3111-01GB
Now the connection is setup and should work. But it is advisable to test the connection
stepwise first.
Open a command prompt on the Mactalk PC by pressing start and then run.
Then enter cmd and press OK.
In the command prompt first try to ping the Ethernet interface on the TwinCAT master
by entering its IP address, for example:
•
ping 172.16.17.1Å Replace IP with the TwinCAT master Ethernet interface address from your system.
Next ping the EtherCAT interface on the EtherCAT master by entering the IP address
of the master:
•
ping 10.10.10.20Å Replace IP with the TwinCAT master EtherCAT interface address from your system.
Last ping the JVL motor on the EtherCAT network:
•
ping 10.10.10.233Å Replace IP address with the JVL motor IP address from
your system.
If one of the “pings” should fail, go back to the setup and check that every step is done
correctly.
188
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
9.3
9.3.1
Setting up MacTalk for Ethernet
Setting up MacTalk for Ethernet communication
When MacTalk is opened the first time it is, by default configured for running serial
RS232/RS485 connection. To change this please find the address box next to the “COM
scan” in the upper tool bar and change it from “All” to “Eth”.
Step 1.
Select “ETH” as shown below.
TT3074-01GB
Step 2.
After changing the the Address box, the IP-address input field appears.
The IP-address field is now shown
TT3075-01GB
Step 3.
Now MacTalk is ready to connect to the motor and the next step is to enter the IP address of the motor to connect to.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
189
9.3
Setting up MacTalk for Ethernet
Step 4.
Lets assume that the motor with the IP address 192.168.0.58 is connected to the PC
from where MacTalk is running or the same network that the PC is running, we enter
the IP address.
Insert the IP-address here
TT3076-01GB
Step 5.
Since it is the first time the address is entered MacTalk offers the possibility to sign in the
IP address and assign an alias name to this IP address which is stored and later be shown
in the address field instead of remembering the IP address of the motor. This greatly
helps managing multiple motors in a network instead of handling all the ”anonymous” IP
addresses.
Step 6.
The following dialog appears when a new address is entered.
TT3077-01GB
Step 7.
Pressing “Yes” will show the list of IP addresses and user composed names.
TT3078-01GB
190
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
9.3
Setting up MacTalk for Ethernet
Step 8.
In the list presented we have added a motor with the IP/address 192.168.0.56. This motor is stepper motor so we name it “Stepper_x” to be easy recognizable. We also have
a MAC140 motor in the network, for this motor we have assigned the name M140.
The list is added to the address bar which automatically suggest the motor when we type
in the first letters of the name. The motor can also be selected directly in the list. Please
note that both the IP address and the name is added to the list and saved. The list is loaded automatically when MacTalk is started.
Step 9.
Add a name to the list in the field next to the IP address and press “Ok”, Now the list is
saved. The name entered can now be used to access the motor on the network. The
complete list can be cleared by pressing “Clear list” or a single enty can be deleted by
pressing “Delete”.
When MacTalk is started this list is read and added to the address bar selections, so that
either the name or the IP address can be selected.
TT3079-01GB
To make a quick select in the
names or IP addresses, click here.
The Address\naming -list can be
shown anytime by pressing this button.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
191
192
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
10
Examples common to all protocols
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
193
10.1
10.1.1
Using module I/O in embedded RxP
Using module I/O in embedded RxP
When using the module digital I/O's - which is opto isolated - it is necessary to use external supply to power the opto isolators to the pins IO- and O+ in the "I/O" connector.
Please see chapter 2 External signals available at the MAC00-Ex4 and Ex41., page 15 for
further details.
A possible exception to this is when using MAC00-Ex41 containing extended I/O’s.
If using this module it is possible to activate the two dip switches inside the module. Then
the internal power is also supplied to the opto isolators thereby eliminating the need for
external supply.
The module I/O's (2 outputs and 4 inputs in MAC00-Ex41, 1 output and 1 input in
MAC00-Ex4) are as default accessible from the PLC by writing and reading to/from the
module registers 7 and 47. Please refer to chapter 8 for further details.
If it is required to use the digital module I/O's in embedded RxP (eRxP - integrated sequential PLC), then this functionality has to be enabled first.
This is either done by manually manipulating the bits 7-9 in the module setup bits register
(module reg. 6), from the PLC. Please see chapter 8 for further details about the module
registers.
Or it can be done in MacTalk in the Ethernet tab by checking the "Use I/O in eRxP" as
shown below, and then pressing the "Apply and save button"
Step 2
Press «Save in flash»
to save this setting
permanent»
Step 1
Check this to use
the I/Os in an eRxP
program
TT3092-01GB
Then the module I/O's are visible from the eRxP in the motor. The module outputs O1,
O2 can be activated by the bits 30 and 31 in the motor error/status register (motor reg.
35). The module inputs IN1-IN4 are read in motor register 210 in the bits 2-5.
194
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11
Appendix
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
195
11.1
Technical Data
11.1.1
EthernetIP for MAC or MIS - Technical specifications
Galvanic isolated, 100MBit, full duplex, 100Base-Tx, no termination necessary.
Network topology: Line, Star, Tree, Ring.
Supported Protocols:
• DHCP - Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
• ACD - Address Conflict Detection
• DLR - Device Level Ring (ring topology on device level)
Max. 100 m cable between slaves.
Connectors (only applicable to MAC00-EIx):
• “PWR” (power) M12 connector 5pin male
• “I/O” M12 connector 8pin female
• “L/A IN” and “L/A OUT” (Ethernet) M12 connector 4pin D-coded female.
Supply (only applicable to MAC00-EIx):
Supply voltage (CV): 12-48VDC Nominal (absolute max. 50V)
Current rating (CV): typical 150mA, max. 250mA
User I/O (only applicable to MAC00-EIx):
User inputs:
Input impedance: 4.7k
Input current @24V: 5.1mA
Digital output current (HW rev. Up to 1.2): 10mA
Digital output current (HW rev. from 1.3): 15mA
11.1.2
EtherCAT® for MAC or MIS - Technical specifications
Galvanic isolated, 100MBit, full duplex, 100Base-Tx, no termination necessary.
Network topology: Line, Star, Tree, Ring (line recommended)
Pass through delay: <1µs
Supported Protocols:
• SDO client and server side protocol
• CoE Emergency messages (CoE stack)
Max. 100 m cable between slaves.
Maximum number of slaves: 65535
Connectors (only applicable to MAC00-ECx):
• “PWR” (power) M12 connector 5pin male
• “I/O” M12 connector 8pin female
• “L/A IN” and “L/A OUT” (Ethernet) M12 connector 4pin D-coded female.
Supply (only applicable to MAC00-ECx):
Supply voltage (CV): 12-48VDC Nominal (absolute max. 50V)
Current rating @ 24V DC (CV): typical 150mA, max. 250mA
User I/O (only applicable to MAC00-ECx):
User inputs:
Input impedance: 4.7k
Input current @24V: 5.1mA
Digital output current (HW rev. Up to 1.2): 10mA
Digital output current (HW rev. from 1.3): 15mA
196
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.1
11.1.3
Technical Data
Powerlink for MAC or MIS - Technical specifications
Galvanic isolated, 100MBit, half duplex, 100Base-Tx, no termination necessary.
Network topology: Line and tree possibly (line recommended)
Pass through delay: <0.5µs.
Acyclic data tramsfer:
SDO Upload/Download
Functions:
SDO over ASND and UDP
Ethernet Powerlink version: V2
Max. 100 m cable between slaves.
Maximum number of slaves (CN’s) per segment: 239
Connectors (only applicable to MAC00-ELx):
• “PWR” (power) M12 connector 5pin male
• “I/O” M12 connector 8pin female
• “L/A IN” and “L/A OUT” (Ethernet) M12 connector 4pin D-coded female.
Supply (only applicable to MAC00-ELx):
Supply voltage (CV): 12-48VDC Nominal (absolute max. 50V)
Current rating @ 24V DC (CV): typical 150mA, max. 250mA
User I/O (only applicable to MAC00-ELx):
Input impedance: 4.7k
Input current @24V: 5.1mA
Digital output current (HW rev. Up to 1.2): 10mA
Digital output current (HW rev. from 1.3): 15mA
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
197
11.1
11.1.4
Technical Data
PROFINET IO for MAC or MIS - Technical specifications
Galvanic isolated, 100MBit, full duplex, 100Base-Tx, no termination necessary.
Network topology: Line, ring, tree and star possibly.
Forwarding delay: 3.25µs.
Minimum cycle time: 1ms (with MAC400-3000).
Supported Protocols
• CL-RPC – Connection less Remote Procedure Call
• DCP – Discovery and Configuration Protocol
• LLDP – Link Layer Discovery Protocol
• RTA – Real time Acyclic Protocol
• RTC – Real time Cyclic Protocol, Class 1
• SNMP – Simple Network Management Protocol
• MRP – MRP Client is supported
Max. 100 m cable between slaves.
Connectors (only applicable to MAC00-EPx):
• “PWR” (power) M12 connector 5pin male
• “I/O” M12 connector 8pin female
• “L/A IN” and “L/A OUT” (Ethernet) M12 connector 4pin D-coded female.
Supply (only applicable to MAC00-EPx):
Supply voltage (CV): 12-48VDC Nominal (absolute max. 50V)
Current rating @ 24V DC (CV): typical 150mA, max. 250mA
User I/O (only applicable to MAC00-EPx):
Digital input impedance: 4.7k
Digital input current @24V: 5.1mA
Digital output current (HW rev. Up to 1.2): 10mA
Digital output current (HW rev. from 1.3): 15mA
198
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.1
11.1.5
Technical Data
Modbus TCP/IP for MAC or MIS - Technical specifications
Galvanic isolated, 100MBit, full duplex, 100Base-Tx, no termination necessary.
Network topology: Line, ring, tree and star possibly.
Forwarding delay: 10-130µs.
Minimum cycle time: 2ms (with MAC400-3000).
Max. 100 m cable between slaves.
Protocol:
• Function codes supported: 3, 16, 23.
• Max. 124 modbus read registers per frame ( = 62, 32bit registers).
• Max. 32 modbus write registers per frame (= 16, 32bit registers)
• 32bit support by 2x16bit registers. Only even no. of 16bit registers.
• I/O mode: Server, port 502.
Connectors (only applicable to MAC00-EMx):
• “PWR” (power) M12 connector 5pin male
• “I/O” M12 connector 8pin female
• “L/A IN” and “L/A OUT” (Ethernet) M12 connector 4pin D-coded female.
Supply (only applicable to MAC00-EMx):
Supply voltage (CV): 12-48VDC Nominal (absolute max. 50V)
Current rating @ 24V DC (CV): typical 150mA, max. 250mA
User I/O (only applicable to MAC00-EMx):
Digital input impedance: 4.7k
Digital input current @24V: 5.1mA
Digital output current (HW rev. Up to 1.2): 10mA
Digital output current (HW rev. from 1.3): 15mA
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
199
11.2 Motor registers MAC050 - 141
11.2.1
Register list for MAC050, 095, 140 and 141.
The following list is only valid for the MAC50, MAC95, MAC140 and MAC141 motors.
Please notice: At the Ethernet modules all registers is transmitted as 32 bit,
some of them originally derive from 16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those
situations it is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
!
Reg.
Nr.
0
1
Firmware / MacRegIo
Name
N/A
PROG_VERSION
2
MODE_REG
MacTalk
Name
N/A
Displayed on
bottom right
status line.
Startup mode /
Change
actual mode
Range /
Default
N/A
Size /
Access
N/A
Unit
Description
N/A
Dummy register, do not use
Firmware version number.
The actual operating mode of the drive.
In general, the motor will either be passive,
attempt to reach a certain position, attempt to
maintain a constant velocity or attempt to
produce a constant torque. The various modes
define the main type of operation as well as
what determines the setpoint for that operation.
The special cases 256..258 are used to perform
a few special operations on the entire set of
registers.
Supported values are:
0 : Passive mode. The axis is not controlled
by the drive, and can easily be moved by
hand or external mechanics.
1 : Velocity mode. The drive will attempt to
run the motor at a constant velocity
selected by Reg5, V_SOLL, without
violating the maximum torque or
acceleration.
2 : Position mode. The drive will at all times
attempt to move the actual motor position
to the position selected by Reg3, P_SOLL,
without violating the maximum velocity,
torque or acceleration.
3 : Gear Position mode.
4 : Analogue torque mode.
5 : Analogue velocity mode.
6 : Analog Velocity Gear mode.
7 : Manual current mode.
8 : Step response test mode.
9 : Internal test mode.
10 : Brake mode.
11 : Stop mode.
12 : Torque based zero search mode.
13 : Forward/only zero search mode.
14 : Forward+backward zero search mode.
15 : Safe mode.
16 : Analogue velocity with deadband mode.
17 : Velocity limited Analog Torque mode.
18 : Analogue gear mode.
19 : Coil mode.
20 : Analogue bi-position mode.
21 : Analogue to position mode.
22 : Internal test mode.
23 : Internal test mode.
24 : Gear follow mode.
25 : IHOME mode.
256
257
258
3
P_SOLL, 32-bit
Position
4
(high word of
P-SOLL)
-
200
-67M +67M
-
32 bit
R/W
The target position that the drive will attempt
reach in position related modes.
-
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.2
Motor registers MAC050 - 141
Reg.
Nr.
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
MacTalk
Name
5
V_SOLL
Max. Velocity
6
A_SOLL
Acceleration
7
T_SOLL
Torque
8
10
P_FNC, 32-bit
(Sometimes named
P_SIM)
(high word of
P_FNC/P_SIM)
P_IST, 32 -bit
11
12
13
(high word of P_IST)
V_IST
KVOUT
14
15
16
17
GEARF1
GEARF2
I2T
I2TLIM
18
19
UIT
UITLIM
20
FLWERR, 32-bit
21
(high word of
FLWERR)
FLWERRMAX, 32-bit
9
22
23
24
(high word of
FLWERRMAX)
FNCERR, 32-bit
Range /
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
The maximum velocity the motor is allowed to
use.
0-1023
2
Counts/
Sample
The maximum acceleration in counts/sample
the drive is allowed to use during normal
operation. Also note Reg32, ACC_EMERG,
used during emergency stops.
-
The maximum torque that the drive is allowed to
use.
The value 1023 corresponds to 300% of
nominal load, and is the absolute maximum
peak torque allowed. The value 341 gives 100%
(nominal load).
Counts
Actual position
Load factor
-
The actual motor position measured by the
internal encoder. Updated every 1.9ms. Note
that this register is maintained incrementally,
which means that the user can update it to
offset the working range. When updating when
the drive is not in Passive mode, P_IST and
P_SOLL should be updated together in an
atomic operation, using Reg163, P_NEW, or
other special measures. Also note that the
firmware will change this register after a zero
search operation has completed.
Actual velocity of the drive.
Ratio of the total inertia driven by the drive to
the inertia of the motors rotor itself.
Gear factor 1, Nominator
Gear factor 2, Denominator
Energy dissipated in the motor windings.
Safety limit for I2T above. Motor will set an error
bit if I2T gets above I2TLIMIT.
Energy dissipated in the internal power dump.
Limit for Reg18, UIT. Motor will set an error bit if
UIT gets above UITLIM
A measure of how far the drive is from its ideal
regulation goal. This value is calculated
differently in the various modes, and can mean
things like pulses from theoretical position or
difference in actual velo city to V_SOLL.
Contact JVL for more detailed information for
specific modes.
When Reg20, FLWERR, exceeds this limit, an
error bit is set in Reg35, ERR_STAT, and the
motor will stop if Reg22 is non-zero. Usually this
value is set experimentally to detect situations
where a movement is blocked or fails.
Shows how much the motor is behind the ideal
movement; precise operation depends on
mode. When this accumulated value exceeds
Reg26, FNCERRMAX, the FNC_ERR bit is set
in Reg35, ERR_STAT and the motor will stop.
TT1521GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
201
11.2
Motor registers MAC050 - 141
Reg.
Nr.
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
25
26
27
(high word of FNCERR)
FNCERRMAX, 32-bit
(hi-word of
FNCERRMAX)
MIN_P_IST, 32 -bit
(hi-word of MIN_P_IST)
MAX_P_IST, 32 -bit
(hi-word of
MAX_P_IST)
ACC_EMERG
INPOSWIN
INPOSCNT
ERR_STAT
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
MacTalk
Name
Range /
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
Bit 0, I2T_ERR
Too much energy dissipated in the motor
windings. Set when Reg16, I2T, exceeds
Reg17, I2TLIM
Bit 1, FLW_ERR
The actual position is too far behind the ideal
position. Set when FLWERRMAX is non-zero,
and FLWERR exceeds FLWERRMAX.
Bit 2, FNC_ERR
The value of Reg24, FNCERR, exceeded the
value of Reg26, FNCERRMAX.
Bit 3, UIT_ERR
The value of Reg18, UIT, exceeded the value of
Reg19, UITLIM.
Bit 4, IN_POS
For position-related modes: The actual position
was detected to be inside the InPosition window
(Reg33, INPOSWIN) at least the number of
times defined in Reg34, INPOSCNT. For other
modes: Depends on mode; for velocity related
modes, this bit means AtVelocity; for other more
special modes, this bit is calculated differently,
ask JVL for details.
Bit 5, ACC_FLAG
The drive is currently accelerating (the velocity
is increasing).
Bit 6, DEC_FLAG
The drive is currently decelerating (the velocity
is decreasing).
Bit 7, PLIM_ERR
One of the software position limits was
exceeded,, drive will go into stop mode, then
passive mode automatically.
Bit 8, FRAME_ERR_TX
A framing error was detected during the last
reception on the FastMac protocol.
Continued next page
TT1522GB
202
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.2
Motor registers MAC050 - 141
Reg.
Nr.
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
35
ERR_STAT
(cont. from last page)
MacTalk
Name
Range /
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
Bit 9, RELPOSPSOLL
Bit 10, RELPOSPFNC
These two bits determine what will happen
when one of the eight general purpose position
registers, P1-P8 is activated through either a
FastMac command (including activating s
register group), through writing to Reg43,
P_REG_P,on changes in bi -position mode or
during manual resynchronization.
If both are zero, the P register gets copied to
the target register(s).
If Bit 9 is set, the value of Reg3, P_SOLL, is
added to the target register(s) to make a
relative movement.
If Bit 10 is set, the value of Reg8, P_FNC, is
added to the target register(s) to make a
relative movement.
Bit 11, IX_ERR
The current in at least one of the motor
windings was measured to be too high, possibly
because of bad current loop filter settings.
Values for the current filter have been
overwritten with default values. Specifically
registers 106 through 111, 127 and 128.
Bit 12, UV_ERR
The motor power supply voltage (Reg151,
U_SUPPLY) was measured to be below the
value in Reg152, U_MIN_SUP and the drive
was configured to set an error bit in case of
undervoltage.
Bit 13, UV_DETECT
The motor power supply voltage (Reg151,
U_SUPPLY) was measured to be below1.25
times the value in Reg152. This is a warning
bit, not an error.
Bit 14, DIS_P_LIM
When this bit is set (during zero search or by
the user), the drive will disable its position limits
so it can move also outside the position limit
range. This bit is cleared automatically when
the actual position gets inside the position
range again.
Bit 15, SSI_ERROR
TT1523GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
203
11.2
Motor registers MAC050 - 141
Reg.
Nr.
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
36
CNTRL_BITS
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
STARTMODE
P_HOME, 32-bit
(hi-word of P_HOME)
V_HOME
T_HOME
HOMEMODE
P_REG_P
V_REG_P
A_REG_P
T_REG_P
L_REG_P
Z_REG_P
POS0 / P1, 32-bit
(hi-word of P1)
POS1 / P2, 32-bit
(hi-word of P2)
POS2 / P3, 32-bit
(hi-word of P3)
POS3 / P4, 32-bit
(hi-word of P4)
POS4 / P5, 32-bit
(hi-word of P5)
POS5 / P6, 32-bit
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
(hi-word of P6)
POS6 / P7, 32-bit
(hi-word of P7)
POS7 / P8, 32-bit
(hi-word of P8)
VEL0 / V1
VEL1 / V2
VEL2 / V3
VEL3 / V4
VEL4 / V5
VEL5 / V6
VEL6 / V7
VEL7 / V8
ACC0 / A1
ACC1 / A2
ACC2 / A3
ACC3 / A4
TQ0 / T1
TQ1 / T2
TQ2 / T3
TQ3 / T4
MacTalk
Name
Range /
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
Bit 0, USRINTF0
Bit 1, USRINTF1
Bit 2, PULSEDIR
Bit 3, INPSIGN
Bit 4, HICLK
Bit 5, HALL_INT
Bit 6, RECORDBIT
Bit 7, REWINDBIT
Bit 8, RECINNERBIT
Bit 9, AUTO_RESYNC
Bit 10, MAN_RESYNC
Bit 11, INDEX_HOME
Bit 12, REL_RESYNC
Bit 13, HALL_C
Bit 14, HALL_B
Bit 15, HALL_A
Velocity used during Zero Search/Homing
Negative => home on falling edge of AN_INP
Used by FastMac commands
Bit 0, COIL_START_DIR
Bit 1, COIL_POS_CMD
Bit 2, COIL_PWR_CMD
Bit 3, COIL_POS_ACCEPT
Bit 4, COIL_PWR_FLASH
TT1524GB
204
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.2
Motor registers MAC050 - 141
Reg.
Nr.
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
LOAD0 / L1
LOAD1 / L2
LOAD2 / L3
LOAD3 / L4
ZERO0 / Z1
ZERO1 / Z2
ZERO2 / Z3
ZERO3 / Z4
KFF3
KFF2
KFF1
KFF0
KVFX4
KVFX3
KVFX2
KVFX1
KVFY3
KVFY2
KVFY1
KVFY0
GEARB
KVB3
KVB2
KVB1
KVB0
KIFX2
KIFX1
KIFY1
KIFY0
KIB1
KIB0
SAMPLE1
SAMPLE2
SAMPLE3
SAMPLE4
REC_CNT
FNC_OUT
FF_OUT
VB_OUT
V_EXT
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
VF_OUT
ANINP
ANINP_OFFSET
ELDEGN_OFFSET
ELDEGP_OFFSET
PHASE_COMP
AMPLITUDE
MAN_I_NOM
MAN_ALPHA
UMEAS
I_NOM
PHI_SOLL
IA_SOLL
IB_SOLL
IC_SOLL
IX_SELECT
IA_IST
IB_IST
IC_IST
IA_OFFSET
IB_OFFSET
IC_OFFSET
MacTalk
Name
Range /
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
Velocity of external encoder (Pulse In)
in counts per sample
TT1525GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
205
11.2
Motor registers MAC050 - 141
Reg.
Nr.
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
160
ELDEG_IST
V_ELDEG
UA_VAL
UB_VAL
UC_VAL
KIA
KIB
KIC
U_SUPPLY
MIN_U_SUP
MOTORTYPE
SERIALNUMBER, 32bit
(hi-word of
SERIALNUMBER)
MYADDR
HWVERSION
CHECKSUM, 32-bit
(hi-word of
CHECKSUM)
UV_HANDLE
161
INV_OUTPUT
162
163
164
165
166
167
INDEX_OFFSET
P_NEW, 32-bit
(hi-word of P_NEW)
FILTERID, 32-bit
(hi-word of FILTERID)
HARDWARELIM
168
HOMING_DONE
155
156
157
158
159
MacTalk
Name
Range /
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
Bit 0, SET_UV_ERR
Bit 1, UV_GO_PASSIVE
Bit 2, unused
Bit 3, UV_VSOLL0
Bit 0, INV_INPOSOUT
Bit 1, INV_ERROROUT
Bit 2, INVROTDIR
Bit 3, O1USERCTRL
Bit 4, O2USERCTRL
Bit 0, HW_PLIM_NEG
Bit 1, HW_PLIM_POS
Bit 2, HW_PLIM_IN1
Bit 3, HW_PLIM_IN2
Bit 4, HW_PLIM_IN3
Bit 5, HW_PLIM_IN4
Bit 6, HW_PLIM_IN5
Bit 7, HW_PLIM_IN6
Bit 8, HW_PLIM_ANINP
Bit-0 set every time a zero search has
completed. Not cleared by firmware, except
after reset.
TT1526GB
206
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.2
Motor registers MAC050 - 141
Reg.
Nr.
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
GROUP_ID
GROUP_SEQ
MONITOR_CMP
MONITOR_REG1
MONITOR_REG2
MONITOR_ACT
MONITOR_SRC
MONITOR_DST
MONITOR_SAV
SSI_BITS1
179
OUTPUT_CTRL
180
181
182
SETUP_BITS
V_IST_MAX
UART1_SETUP
MacTalk
Name
Range /
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
Bit 0, SSI_ENABLE
Bit 1, SSI_DIR
Bit 2, SSI_POS_SYNC
Bit 3, SSI_RESET
Bit 4, SSI_NOCHECK
Bit 15, SSI_ERROR_CNTL
Bit 0, OUTPUT_O1
Bit 1, OUTPUT_O2
Bit 0, POWERSAVE_ENABLED
0, 1, 2
Selects what protocol to run on the RS422 lines
that can be used for Pulse In, Pulse Out or
Serial Data. The selection in this register is
used only if the lowest two bits in Reg36,
CNTRL_BITS are set to Serial Data.
Values of Reg182, UART1_SETUP:
0: Autodetect incoming 1 Megabit Modbus
telegrams for a few seconds after startup. Stay
in Modbus if any valid Modbus telegrams
detected, else switch to 19200 baud FastMac
and stay in Fastmac.
1: Run the FastMac protocol at 19200 baud
from the beginning and stay in FastMac.
2-65535: Run 1 Megabit/s Modbus from the
beginning and stay in Modbus.
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
STATUS_BITS
MODE0 / M1
MODE1 / M2
MODE2 / M3
MODE3 / M4
HWI0, 32-bit
(hi-word of HWI0)
HWI1, 32-bit
(hi-word of HWI1)
HWI2, 32-bit
(hi-word of HWI2)
HWI3, 32-bit
(hi-word of HWI3)
HWI4, 32-bit
(hi-word of HWI4)
TT1527GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
207
11.2
Motor registers MAC050 - 141
Reg.
Nr.
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
HWI5, 32-bit
(hi-word of HWI5)
HWI6, 32-bit
(hi-word of HWI6)
HWI7, 32-bit
(hi-word of HWI7)
COMMAND
FIELDBUS_ADDR
FIELDBUS_SPEED
-
MacTalk
Name
Range /
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
Reserved for future purposes
TT1528GB
208
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.3
11.3.1
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Register list for MAC400, 800, 1500 and 3000
The following list is only valid for the MAC400 to MAC3000 motors.
Please notice: At the Ethernet modules all registers is transmitted as 32 bit,
some of them originally derive from 16 bit in the case of MAC050-141. In those
situations it is necessary to interpret them as 16 bit to get the sign correct.
!
Reg.
Nr.
0
1
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
N/A
PROG_VERSION
2
MODE_REG
MacTalk
Name
N/A
Displayed on
bottom right
status line.
Startup
mode /
Change
actual mode
Range /
Default
N/A
0..25,
256,
257,
258 /
0 (passive)
Size /
Access
N/A
/
R
Word
/
RW
Unit
Description
N/A
-
Dummy register, do not use.
Firmware version
-
The actual operating mode of the drive.
In general, the motor will either be passive, attempt to
reach a certain position, attempt to maintain a
constant velocity or attempt to produce a constant
torque. The various modes define the main type of
operation as well as what determines the setpoint for
that operation.
The special cases 256..258 are used to perform a few
special operations on the entire set of registers.
Supported values are:
0 = Passive mode. The axis is not controlled by the
drive, and can easily be moved by hand or external
mechanics.
1 = Velocity mode. The drive will attempt to run the
motor at a constant velocity selected by Reg5,
V_SOLL, without violating the maximum torque or
acceleration.
2 = Position mode. The drive will at all times attempt
to move the actual motor position to the position
selected by Reg3, P_SOLL, without violating the
maximum velocity, torque or acceleration.
3 = Gear Position mode.
4 = Analogue torque mode.
5 = Analogue velocity mode.
6 = Analog Velocity Gear mode.
7 = Manual current mode.
8 = Step response test mode.
9 = Internal test mode.
10 = Brake mode.
11 = Stop mode.
12 = Torque based zero search mode.
13 = Forward/only zero search mode.
14 = Forward+backward zero search mode.
15 = Safe mode.
16 = Analogue velocity with deadband mode.
17 = Velocity limited Analog Torque mode.
18 = Analogue gear mode.
19 = Coil mode.
20 = Analogue bi-position mode.
21 = Analogue to position mode.
22 = Internal test mode.
23 = Internal test mode.
24 = Gear follow mode.
25 = IHOME mode.
256:
257:
258:
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
209
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
3
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Firmware /
MacRegIo
Name
P_SOLL
MacTalk
Name
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
Encoder
counts
Encoder
counts
The target position that the drive will attempt to
reach in position related modes.
Used to update both P_IST and P_SOLL in a
single atomic operation to prevent motor
movements during the change.
P_NEW holds either an absolute position or a
relative position.
After writing a value to P_NEW, update both bits
8 and 6 in Reg36, CNTRL_BITS.
Bit 8, SYNCPOSREL, will select a relative
position update when set or an absolute update
when cleared.
Setting bit 6, SYNCPOSMAN, executes the
P_IST+P_SOLL update, that is, either both are
set equal to P_NEW, or P_NEW is added to both,
using signed addition. P_FUNC is updated
accordingly.
The undocumented FastMac commands 23 and
24 can also be used to set these bits and perform
the same absolute and relative updates.
This is useful for expanding the logical position
range beyond +/- 2^31.
Desired velocity 1 RPM=2.77056 counts/sample.
Example: To obtain 100 RPM, V_SOLL must be
set to 277.
The desired nominal acceleration.
1000 RPM/s = 3.598133 counts/Sample²
Example: To obtain 100000 RPM/s, A_SOLL
must be set to 360.
The maximum torque that the drive is allowed to
use.
The value 1023 corresponds to 300% of nominal
load, and is the absolute maximum peak torque
allowed. The value 341 gives 100% (nominal
load).
4
P_NEW
(not present)
±2^31
/0
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
5
V_SOLL
Max
Velocity
Na /
277(100RPM)
Word /
RW
Acceleration
na /
18
Word /
RW
Cnt’s/
Sample²
Word /
RW
-
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Encoder
counts
Encoder
counts
6
Max
Velocity
Range/
Default
A_SOLL
±
2^31
/0
Cnt’s/
sample
(5003RPM/s²)
7
T_SOLL
Torque
0-1023
/
1023(300%)
8
P_FNC
9
INDEX_OFFSET
(not present)
10
P_IST
Actual
Position
±2^31 /
0
Word /
RW
Encoder
counts
11
V_IST_16
Actual
Velocity
12
V_IST
(not present)
13
KVOUT
Load
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
65536(1.0)
Word /
R
Word /
R
Fixed16
/
RW
Enc.cnt’s/
Sample/16
Enc.cnt’s/
Sample
-
Updated after a Zero Search to show at what
single-turn encoder position the zero point was
detected. This is used by MacTalk on the Test tab
to show if the zero search resulted in a valid zero
position.
The actual motor position measured by the
internal encoder. Updated every 1.3ms (or every
2.6 ms with Reg157, OUTLOPDIV=2) Note that
this register is maintained incrementally, which
means that the user can update it to offset the
working range. When updating when the drive is
not in Passive mode, P_IST and P_SOLL should
be updated together in an atomic operation, using
Reg4, P_NEW, or other special measures. Also
note that the firmware will change this register
after a zero search operation has completed.
V_IST (actual velocity) measured over 16
samples. Same unit as V_SOLL (register 5).
Actual velocity. 1RPM=0.17316 counts/sample.
Must be set to the ratio between the total inertia
driven by the motor relative to the motors own
rotor inertia. So for at motor shaft that is not
mechanically connected to anything, this value
should be 1.0.
The load factor is perhaps the single most
important value of the filter setup. Always try to
set this right before experimenting with filter
setups.
TT1501GB
210
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.3
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Reg.
Nr.
14
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
GEARF1
15
GEARF2
16
I2T
17
MacTalk
Name
Gear
factor
Input
Gear
Range/
Default
Na /
2000
Size /
Access
Word /
RW
Unit
Description
-
The nominator used to scale / gear pulses from an
external encoder/source. Used in gear modes.
Na /
500
Word /
RW
-
The denominator used to scale / gear pulses from an
external encoder/source. Used in gear modes.
Output
Motor
Load
(mean)
Na /
0
Word /
R
-
I2TLIM
(not
present)
Na /
100000
Word /
R
-
18
UIT
RegenRative
Load
Na /
0
Word /
R
19
UITLIM
(not
present)
Na /
2322
Word /
R
20
FLWERR
Na /
0
Word /
RW
Encoder
counts
21
U_24V
22
FLWERRMAX
Na /
0
Na /
0
Word /
R
Word /
RW
The calculated power dissipated in the motor, and thus
an approximated value for the rise in temperature inside
the physical motor. See also I2TLIM (Reg 17).
MacTalk value is calculated as [%]=I2T/I2TLIM x 100
The limit for the value of Reg16, I2T, where bit 0,
I2T_ERR, in Reg35, ERR_STAT will be set and the
motor will change into passive mode.
The calculated power dissipated in the internal power
dump/brake resistors, and thus a way to estimate their
rise in temperature. See also UITLIM (Reg 19)
MacTalk value is calculated as [%]=UIT/UITLIM x 100
The limit for the value of Reg18, UIT, where bit 3,
UIT_ERR, in Reg35, ERR_STAT will be set and the
motor will change into passive mode.
A measure of how far the drive is from its ideal
regulation goal. This value is calculated differently in
the various modes, and can mean things like ‘pulses
from theoretical position’ or ‘difference in actual velocity
to V_SOLL’. Contact JVL for more detailed information
for specific modes.
The internal control voltage measured.
Encoder
counts
23
UV_HANDLE
- Set
error bit
- Go to
passive
- Set
velocity
to 0
Na /
0
Word /
RW
24
FNCERR
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
Encoder
counts
25
P_IST_TURNTAB
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
R
-
26
FNCERRMAX
(not
present)
27
TURNTAB_COUNT
(not
present)
Na /
0
Na /
0
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Encoder
counts
-
28
MIN_P_IST
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
Encoder
counts
29
DEGC
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
R
-
When Reg20, FLWERR, exceeds this limit, bit 1,
FLW_ERR, in Reg35, ERR_STAT, is set and the motor
will stop if Reg22 is non-zero. Usually this value is set
experimentally to detect situations where a movement
is blocked or fails.
Bits to determine what will happen when the main
supply voltage to the motor is below the threshold for
motor operation. Any combination of the following bits
can be set.
Bit 0: Set bit 9, UV_ERR, in Reg35, ERR_STAT.
Bit 1: Perform a controlled stop, then go passive.
Bit 2: Set V_SOLL to zero, do not go passive.
Shows how much the motor is behind the ideal
movement; precise operation depends on mode. When
this accumulated value exceeds Reg26, FNCERRMAX,
the FNC_ERR bit is set in Reg35, ERR_STAT and the
motor will stop.
Displays the actual position, like P_IST, but is offset by
N times the rotary table working range so
P_IST_TURNTAB is always between MIN_P_IST and
MAX_P_IST. Used mainly with the Rotary table option.
The limit used with Reg24, FNCERR.
Holds a count of the number of times the value of
Reg25, P_IST, wraps around one of its limits,
MIN_P_IST or MAX_P_IST. Used only with the Rotary
table option. Counts up or down depending on the
direction of the wrap around.
Used to define and enable the minimum software
position limit, so the motor will stop (and enter passive
mode) if the value of P_IST (the actual position) gets
below this value. If MIN_P_IST is zero, the low position
limit will not be enabled.
The temperature measured inside the drive.
TT1502GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
211
11.3
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Reg.
Nr.
30
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
MAX_P_IST
MacTalk
Name
Size /
Access
Word /
RW
Unit
Description
(not
present)
Range/
Default
Na /
0
Encoder
counts
DEGCMAX
(not
present)
Na /
690(84’C)
Word /
R
-
32
ACC_EMERG
(not
present)
INPOSWIN
(not
present)
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
33
Na /
0
Na /
100
Used to define and enable the maximum software
position limit, so the motor will stop (and enter passive
mode) if the value of P_IST (the actual position) gets
above this value. If MAX_P_IST is zero, the high
position limit will not be enabled. In Rotary Table
operation, this limit is used as the higher wrap-around
position count
The maximum value of Reg29, DEGC, before the motor
will set the Temperature error bit in ERR_STAT and
change into Passive mode. Same scaling as Reg29,
DEGC.
Acceleration to use during emergency stops.
31
Encoder
counts
The value of this parameter depends on the operating
mode. In all cases it helps to define when the motor is
InPosition and thus will set the InPosition bit in the
ERR_STAT regis ter.
For normal Position related modes, the motor is
considered to be in position when the actual position is
less than INPOSWIN encoder counts away from its
target position P_SOLL and have been detected to be
so at least INPOSCNT times.
34
INPOSCNT
(not
present)
Na /
3
Word /
RW
-
35
ERR_STAT
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
For Velocity related modes, the concept of InPosition
will instead mean AtVelocity and work in a similar way
that the actual velocity V_IST must have been
measured INPOSCNT consecutive times to be within
INPOSWIN counts/sample before the InPosition bit is
set in Reg35, ERR_STAT.
The number of consecutive times the In Position
condition must have been met before the InPosition bit
is set in ERR_STAT. See description above for
INPOSWIN.
Bit 0, I2T_ERR
Set when the calculated thermal energy stored in the physical
motor exceeds a limit. Condition is that Reg16, I2T gets larger
than Reg17, I2TLIM.
Bit 1, FLW_ERR
Set if the follow error in Reg20, FLWERR, gets larger than
Reg22, FLWERRMAX. Never set if Reg22, FLWERRMAX is
zero.
Bit 2, FNC_ERR
Set if the function error in Reg24, FNCERR, get slarger than
Reg26, FNCERRMAX. Never set if Reg26, FNCERRMAX is
zero.
Bit 3, UIT_ERR
Set when the calculated energy/temperature in the internal
brake resistor (power dump) get dangerousl high.
Bit 4, IN_POS
In Position mode, status of when/whether the motor position is
inside the inposition window defined by RegReg33,
INPOSWIN, for the number of samples defined in Reg34,
INPOSCNT. In Velocity mode, this bit means rather ‘At
Velocity’. For other modes, like Torque modes, see the
technical manual for details of how the inposition status is
calculated/maintained.
Bit 5, ACC_FLAG
Set when the motor is accelerating, which means that the
velocity changes from a higher value to a lower value over tah
latest samples. Please note that, when the velocity is negative,
this flag is set when the velocity changes from a more negative
value to a less negative value (closer to zero). This may not be
intuitive, but can be said to be mathematically correct, and is
maintained for backwards compatibility reasons.
TT1503GB
212
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
36
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
CNTRL_BITS
MacTalk
Name
(not
present)
Range/
Default
Na /
32
Size /
Access
Word /
RW
Unit
Description
-
Bit 0, RECORDBIT
Set by the user to start or continue the sampling of register values,
using the Classic scope system. This bit will clear itself when the
sample buffer has been filled.
Bit 1, REWINDBIT
If set, the index into the sample buffer will be zeroed and sampling will
continue if in progress. This bit is typically set together with
RECORD_BIT above.
Bit 2, RECINNERBIT
If set, the samplinG7scope system samples at 100 microseconds
between samples instead of the normal 1.3milliseconds. Normally
used only for internal JVL development and service purposes.
Bit 3, RELPOSPSOLL
Bit 4, RELPOSPFNC
These two bits select what happens if one of the general-purpose
position registers, P1 through P8 is ‘activated’ by a FastMac
command. If one of these is set, this activates a relative movement
rather than the absolute position move that happens if none of these
bits are set. If RELPOSPSOLL is set alone, the value of the selected
P1-P8 register is added to the target position register Reg3, P_SOLL.
If RELPOSPFNC is set, the value of the selected P1-P8 is added to
an internal variable that will generate the movement, leaving P_SOLL
unchanged. This is used for ‘endless relative’ movements, since it will
not cause any overflow of the target position, but note that the actual
position will wrap around at +/-2^31 (2,147,483,648 counts) without
problems for the movement.
Note that these bits also control the movements in Analogue Biposition mode in similar ways.
Bit 5, SYNCPOSAUTO
If set when switching mode from Passive mode into an active mode,
The follow error and the function error are zeroed, and the actual
position is transferred to the P_FNC register, to avoid initial
movement.
Bit 6, SYNCPOSMAN
Set to manually synchronize the position by copying the value
of P_NEW, to P_IST, P_SOLL, and P_FNC, with proper
scaling. In other words, set:
P_IST = P_NEW,
P_SOLL = P_NEW,
P_FNC = (P_NEW + FLWERR)*16.
See also bit 8 below.
Note that this operation is performed as an atomic
(unbreakable) operation, and is currently the only way to
perform this perfect synchronization.
Bit 7, MAN_NO_BRAKE
Bit 8, SYNCPOSREL
When set, modifies the manual synchronization performed by
bit 6 above to use relative synchronization rather than
absolute synchronization. In other words, set:
P_IST = P_IST + P_NEW,
P_SOLL = P_SOLL + P_NEW,
P_FNC = P_FNC + (P_NEW + FLWERR)*16.
TT1504GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
213
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
39
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Firmware /
MacRegIo
Name
HW_SETUP
(continued from last
page)
MacTalk
Name
Range/
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
(not
present)
Na /
9
Word /
RW
-
Bit 13, PULSE_8000
If set, rescale the 8192 encoder pulses to 8000 for MAC800
compatibility and better Vel-filter performance
Bits 14..15: reserved
Bit 16, DIRCDWR
Direction signal for the MultiFuncIo2 A channel (or both A and
B?)
Bit 17, SELINDEX
Not used - prepared to select between encoder A or Index
signal -> MultF.
Bit 18, ALWAYS_COOL
Bit 19, POSITION_CAPTURE_UP
Used to enable SW position capture based on analogue input
rising edge
Bit 20, POSITION_CAPTURE_DN
Used to enable SW position capture based on analogue input
falling edge
Bit 21, PULSE_8000
If set, rescale the 8192 encoder pulses to 8000 for MAC800
compatibility and better Vel-filter performance
Bit 22, ENC_SCALING
Reserved for freely selectable encoder scaling.
Bit 23, SBUF_2048
Set to use a sample buffer length of 2048. Use 512 if not set
(backwards compatible).
Velocity to use during a zero search operation (Homing
operation). After the operation has completed, the drive will go
back to using the regular V_SOLL.
Torque to use during a zero search operation (Homing
operation). After the operation has completed, the drive will go
back to using the regular T_SOLL.
Defines if the motor should start a zero search immediately after
start up, as well as the type of zero search to perform when a
FastMac command is received.
Bits 7..0 define the zero search mode the motor should start up
in. If this value is zero, the motor will not perform a zero search
at startup, but will start up in the mode selected by Reg37,
START_MODE. See bits 15..8 below for an exception!
Bits 15..8 define what mode the motor will set when it receives
a FastMac command (96+16). NOTE that if all these bits are
non-zero the motor will start up in passive mode instead of
starting in START_MODE!
Bit 16 is set after a zero search has completed, and can thus be
used to test if the motor has performed a zero search at least
once after +24V was last turned on.
After a zero search has completed, the motor will always
change into the mode defined by Reg 37, START_MODE
(unless an error occurs that will stop the motor and set
ERR_STAT bit(s)).
When set to 1..8, copies one of POS0..POS7 to P_SOLL, then
resets to 0
When set to 1..8, copies one of VEL0..VEL7 to V_SOLL, then
resets to 0
When set to 1..4, copies one of ACC0..ACC3 to A_SOLL, then
resets to 0
When set to 1..4, copies one of TQ0..TQ3 to T_SOLL, then
resets to 0
When set to 1..4, copies one of LOAD0..LOAD3 to KVOUT then
resets to 0
When set to 1..4, copies one of ZERO0..ZERO3 to INPOSWIN,
then resets to 0
40
V_HOME
(not
present)
Na /
-138
Word /
RW
-
41
T_HOME
(not
present)
Na /
341
Word /
RW
-
42
HOME_MODE
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
43
P_REG_P
(not
present)
V_REG_P
(not
present)
45
A_REG_P
(not
present)
46
T_REG_P
(not
present)
47
L_REG_P
(not
present)
48
Z_REG_P
(not
present)
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
44
0-8 /
0
0-8 /
0
0-4 /
0
0-4 /
0
0-4 /
0
0-4 /
0
-
TT1505GB
214
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
MacTalk
Name
Range/
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
49
Firmware /
MacRegIo
Name
POS0
Description
Position1
(P1)
CAPCOM0
(not
present)
51
POS1
Position2
(P2)
52
CAPCOM1
(not
present)
53
POS2
Position3
(P3)
54
CAPCOM2
(not
present)
55
POS3
Position4
(P4)
56
CAPCOM3
(not
present)
57
POS4
Position5
(P5)
58
CAPCOM4
(not
present)
59
POS5
Position6
(P6)
60
CAPCOM5
(not
present)
61
POS6
Position7
(P7)
62
CAPCOM6
(not
present)
63
POS7
Position8
(P8)
64
CAPCOM7
(not
present)
65
VEL0
Velocity 1
(V1)
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
50
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
277(100RPM)
66
VEL1
VEL2
Velocity register V8 - see also register 65.
VEL3
-
Velocity register V8 - see also register 65.
69
VEL4
-
Velocity register V8 - see also register 65.
70
VEL5
-
Velocity register V8 - see also register 65.
71
VEL6
-
Velocity register V8 - see also register 65.
72
VEL7
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
68
Na /
277(100RPM)
Na /
277(100RPM)
Na /
277(100RPM)
Na /
277(100RPM)
Na /
277(100RPM)
Na /
277(100RPM)
Na /
277(100RPM)
-
67
Velocity 2
(V2)
Velocity 3
(V3)
Velocity 4
(V4)
Velocity 5
(V5)
Velocity 6
(V6)
Velocity 7
(V7)
Velocity 8
(V8)
Velocity register V1. Used with the fastmac protocol or
by the MAC00-R1/3/4 nanoPLC module. See also
V_SOLL (register 5) which have the same scaling.
Velocity register V8 - see also register 65.
-
Velocity register V8 - see also register 65.
-
TT1506GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
215
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
MacTalk
Name
Range/
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
73
Firmware
/
MacRegIo
Name
ACC0
(not
present)
Na /
18(5003RPM/s²)
Word /
RW
74
ACC1
(not
present)
Na /
18(5003RPM/s²)
Word /
RW
75
ACC2
(not
present)
Na /
18(5003RPM/s²)
Word /
RW
76
ACC3
(not
present)
Na /
18(5003RPM/s²)
Word /
RW
Enc.cnt’s
Per
sample²
Enc.cnt’s
Per
sample²
Enc.cnt’s
Per
sample²
Enc.cnt’s
Per
sample²
77
TQ0
Torque 1
(T1)
Na /
1023(300%)
Word /
RW
78
TQ1
79
TQ2
80
TQ3
81
LOAD0
82
LOAD1
83
LOAD2
84
LOAD3
Torque 2
(T2)
Torque 3
(T3)
Torque 4
(T4)
Load 1
(L1)
Load 2
(L2)
Load 3
(L3)
Load 4
(L4)
85
ZERO0
(not
present)
86
ZERO1
(not
present)
87
ZERO2
(not
present)
88
ZERO3
(not
present)
89
MODE0
(not
present)
90
MODE1
(not
present)
91
MODE2
(not
present)
92
MODE3
(not
present)
93
HWI0
(not
present)
Na /
1023(300%)
Na /
1023(300%)
Na /
1023(300%)
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Description
-
Torque register T1. Used with t he fastmac protocol or
by the MAC00-R1/3/4 nanoPLC module. See also
T_SOLL (register 7)
Torque register T2 - see also register 77.
-
Torque register T2 - see also register 77.
-
Torque register T2 - see also register 77.
-
HardWare Inputs Regs 93-104, HWI0-11, allow the digital
inputs from Reg106 to control the values of other motor
registers.
The most common use is to copy one of two values to a
target register. This can be used to switch between two
velocities, positions or modes. For instance to switch
between two target positions, set Reg49, POS0 to 1000
and Reg51, POS1 to 2000 and set the motor into position
mode. Then P_SOLL can be set to receive either the value
1000 or 2000 depending on the voltage on the digital input
(the Input State)
The copying is executed every 1.3 ms. The digital inputs
can thus be considered level-triggered rather than edgetriggered.
(Contrinued next page)
TT1507GB
216
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
93
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Firmware /
MacRegIo
Name
HWI0
(Continued
from last
page)
MacTalk
Name
Range/
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
Each of the HW!0-11 registers have the following bit fields:
Bits [31:24]: Destination register used (only) when bits [3:0] equals
7.
Bits [23:16]: Source register number 0..254 for DI=1
Bits [15:8]: Source register number 0..254 for DI=0
Bits [7:4]: Select digital input bit number in Reg106.
Bits [3:0]: Target register selection. 0=None, 1=MODE_REG,
2=V_SOLL, 3=P_SOLL, 4=A_SOLL, 5=T_SOLL, 6=INPOSWIN,
7=Register number from bits [31:24].
When the value of bits [3:0] are one of 1..6, the two source registers
are implicitly fixed to the corresponding group of register, and the
value of bits [23:16] and bits [15:8] are used as an index into that
group of registers. For instance if bits [3:0] equals 3, the values of
bits [23:16] and bits [15:8] must be in the range 1..8 to select POS1
..POS8 for source registers to copy into P_SOLL.
When the value of bits [3:0] equals 7, the values of bits [23:16] and
[15:8] hold the full register numbers in the range 1-254.
For more advanced use, any of the source register or index values
can be set to zero, which means DoNothing. This effectively means
that in one of the Input States a source register will be copied to the
target register, while in the other Input State no copying will happen
so the target register will not be modified by the digital input.
The 12 HWI functions are executed every 1.3 ms in the order from
HWI0 to HWI11. NO other operations happen in between
regardless of communications and other parallel operations. It is
therefore safe to rely on stable register values and consistent digital
input values during the execution of the 12 HWI functions.
This implies that HWI function with higher numbers have higher
priority because they are executed later, and that it is safe to
change the same target register several times during the HWI
evaluation.
Note that each of the HWI function can use any of the digital inputs,
and that more than one HWI function can use the same digital input.
A typical HWI application is Jogging, where two pushbuttons
connected to two separate digital inputs are used to move the motor
position manually. This can be realized with a HWI setup like:
HWI0 uses Digital Input 1:
ON => MODE_REG=1 (velocity mode)
OFF => MODE_REG=3 (gear mode)
HWI1 also uses Digital Input 1:
ON => V_SOLL=+100RPM
OFF => V_SOLL = 3000 RPM
HWI2 uses Digital Input 2:
ON => MODE_REG=1 (velocity mode)
OFF => MODE_REG=3 (gear mode)
HWI3 also uses Digital Input 2:
ON => V_SOLL=-100RPM
OFF => V_SOLL = 3000 RPM
This will keep the motor in Gear mode with a maximum velocity of
3000 RM when none of the pushbuttons are activated, and change
to Velocity mode wit either +100 or -100 RPM as long as one of the
pushbuttons are held active. In this setup Digital Input 2 will have
higher priority than Digital Input 1, because it is evaluated later and
overwrites V_SOLL in case both buttons are held down.
TT1508GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
217
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
MacTalk
Name
Range/
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
Description
94
Firmware /
MacRegIo
Name
HWI1
(not present)
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
HWI2
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
96
HWI3
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
97
HWI4
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
98
HWI5
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
99
HWI6
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
100
HWI7
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
101
HWI8
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
102
HWI9
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
103
HWI10
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
104
HWI11
(not present)
-
See Reg93, HWI0, for description
105
MAC00_TYPE
(not present)
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
95
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
-
106
MAC00_1 /
Digital Inputs
I/O
management
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
Identifies the Generation-2 module type autodetected at
startup. 0 = No Gen2 module found, 1=MAC00-B41,
2=MAC00-P4 or MAC00-P5 found.
The registers from 106 to 120 are used to support different
interface modules with the Generation-2 connectors. The
function of these registers will be different depending on
which module is mounted in the motor. The Gen.2 module
type is detected automatically by the motor at start up.
Reg106, Digital inputs, is a bitmapped value where bits [15:8]
show the status of hardware signals in the basic motor as
described below, while bits [7:0] show the status of the digital
inputs from the MAC00-B41 module.
Be aware that bits [15:0] in Reg215, IO_POLARITY, can be
set to invert the value of the corresponding bits [15:0] in this
register.
Bits [15:12] show the values of the four RS-422 signals.
These are intended mostly for serial communications to
some modules or to use Modbus RS485, but they can be
used as digital inputs provided that the input voltage is kept
within -7 to +12 volts. These are differential signals, so to use
them as single-ended inputs, one of the differential lines
must be kept at a constant voltage in between the high and
low thresholds for the single-ended line.
At the time of this writing, bits [15:12] are supported on
MAC400, but not yet on MAC800.
Bit 15: Multifunction 1, channel B
Bit 14: Multifunction 1, channel A
Bit 13: Multifunction 2, channel B
Bit 12: Multifunction 2, channel A
Bits [10:8] show the status of the analogue inputs ANINP2,
ANINP1 and ANINP. Status will be high (logic 1) when the
value of the analogue line is above 5.0 volts. This threshold
can be adjusted by modifying the corresponding
ANINPx_OFFSET registers. This way it is possible to use the
analogue inputs as digital inputs with adjustable thresholds in
the range -10V to +10V.
Bit 10: ANINP2 (not signal conditioned)
Bit 9: ANINP1 (not signal conditioned)
Bit 8: ANINP (signal conditioned)
To use ANINP3 (availab le on the MAC00-P4 and MAC00-P5
modules as analogue current loop 4-20 mA) use Reg222,
IOSETUP to make ANINP reflect the (signal conditioned)
value of this input, so the digital status will be shown in Bit 8.
To use ANINP2 as a signal conditioned input, use a similar
trick so IOSETUP is set to make ANINP reflect the signal
conditioned value of ANINP2 in bit 8.
Bits 6, 7, and 11 are unused.
218
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
107
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
MAC00_2
MacTalk
Name
(not present)
Range/
Default
Na /
0
Size /
Access
Word /
RW
Unit
Description
-
Shows various status bits for the currently mounted Gen2
module.
For the MAC00-B41:
Bit 0: Digital Output overload. This shows the staus of the
output driver chip that controls the six digital outputs. The
overload status can be set if either an overcurrent
condition or a too high temperature is detected. This
status bit is cleared when these conditions are no longer
present.
108
MAC00_3
(not present)
109
MAC00_4
(not present)
110
MAC00_5
(not present)
111
MAC00_6
(not present)
112
MAC00_7
(not present)
113
MAC00_8 /
B41_DO /
Digital outputs
I/O
management
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
Bit 1: CVO voltage detected. This bit reflects if the voltage
at the CVO terminal is above a hardwired default value.
CVO is the supply voltage for the digital outputs.
N/U
-
N/U
-
N/U
-
N/U
-
N/U
-
Bits [5:0] of this register controls the digital outputs O6..O1
on the MAC00-B41 module. Each bit that is set here will
enable the corresponding PNP output.
It is possible to overwrite these bits by using Registers
115-120, see below.
114
115
MAC00_9 /
B41_DOSTATUS
MAC00_10 /
B41_CONF0
I/O
management
(not present)
Na /
0
Na /
0
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
-
Also Reg215, IO_POLARITY, will invert the value of these
bits before there are written to the hardware.
Shows the status of each of the six digital outputs actually
written to the hardware.
This value will be Reg113, possibly modified by Regs115 120 and finally possibly having some bits inverted by
Reg215.
Controls IO1 on MAC00-B41 (bit 0 in B41_DO).
Each of the B41_CONF5..CONF0 registers can be used
to modify the corresponding digital outputs by effectively
overwriting bits [5:0] in Reg113, B41_DO.
They can be set to replace the corresponding bit in
B41_DO with any bit from any motor register in the range
1..254, typically status bits from Reg35, ERR_STAT, for
instance bits INPOS or ANY_ERR.
Bits [31:24]: reserved
Bits [23:16]: Source register number, 1..254.
Bits [15:5]: Reserved
Bits [4:0]: Bit number in source register to use.
116
117
118
119
120
MAC00_11 /
B41_CONF1
MAC00_12 /
B41_CONF2
MAC00_13 /
B41_CONF3
MAC00_14 /
B41_CONF4
MAC00_15 /
B41_CONF5
(not present)
(not present)
(not present)
(not present)
(not present)
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
Reg215, IO_POLARITY, will be applied after these
registers to allow general inversion of each digital output
bit.
Controls IO2 on MAC00-B41 (bit 1 in B41_DO).
See Reg115, B41_CONF0 for description.
Controls IO3 on MAC00-B41 (bit 2 in B41_DO).
See Reg115, B41_CONF0 for description.
Controls IO4 on MAC00-B41 (bit 3 in B41_DO).
See Reg115, B41_CONF0 for description.
Controls IO5 on MAC00-B41 (bit 4 in B41_DO).
See Reg115, B41_CONF0 for description.
Controls IO6 on MAC00-B41 (bit 5 in B41_DO).
See Reg115, B41_CONF0 for description.
TT1510GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
219
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
MacTalk
Name
Range/
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
121
Firmware /
MacRegIo
Name
KFF5
KFF5
KFF4
KFF4
123
KFF3
KFF3
124
KFF2
KFF2
125
KFF1
KFF1
126
KFF0
KFF0
127
KVFX6
(not
present)
128
KVFX5
(not
present)
129
KVFX4
(not
present)
130
KVFX3
(not
present)
131
KVFX2
(not
present)
132
KVFX1
(not
present)
133
KVFY5
(not
present)
134
KVFY4
(not
present)
135
KVFY3
(not
present)
136
KVFY2
(not
present)
137
KVFY1
(not
present)
138
KVFY
(not
present)
139
KVB4
(not
present)
140
KVB3
(not
present)
141
KVB2
(not
present)
142
KVB1
(not
present)
143
KVB0
(not
present)
144
KIFX2
(not
present)
145
KIFX1
(not
present)
146
KIFY1
(not
present)
147
KIFY0
(not
present)
148
KIB1
(not
present)
149
KIB0
(not
present)
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
-
122
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Description
-
Filter coefficients used by the velocity and position regulator
loops. These values should be loaded only from MacTalk, and not
modified by the user, since this can have dangerous effects.
-
Filter coefficients used by the current loop for low-level control f
the phase currents. These values are fixed and should not be
modified by the user.
-
TT1511GB
220
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
150
Firmware /
MacRegIo
Name
<reserved>
151
<reserved>
152
<reserved>
153
<reserved>
154
<reserved>
155
ID_RESERVED
156
S_ORDER
157
OUTLOOPDIV
MacTalk
Name
Range/
Default
Size /
Access
Unit
(not
present)
(not
present)
(not
present)
(not
present)
(not
present)
(not
present)
(not
present)
-
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
Description
-
<reserved>
An S-profile can be used to modify/smooth the acceleration at the
beginning and end of a change in velocity. This is useful to
prevent overshoot.
The value of zero disables the S-profile so the normal A_SOLL is
used. Values 1..8 can be used to select a progressively smoother
S-profile, with 8 being the smoothest (and slowest).
The value of S_ORDER may not be changed unless the motor is
in Passive mode (MODE_REG=0).
Divider value for the velocity loop. With the standard value of 1,
the velocity loop is recalculated every 1.3 ms. With a value of 2,
the loop is recalculated every 2.6 ms, which can give better
performance for slow movements and/or large inertia.
It is absolutely necessary to use a different set of filters in
Regs121-142 when changing this value.
To change this value from MacTalk, and gain access to the
extended filters, open the Filter Setup window, then hold down
both the Control and Shift keys and double-click on the text ‘More’
to the left of the ‘Stability’ slider (at the green end). After entering
the correct password, Sample Frequency can be selected and
MacTalk will use the appropriate filter set. Note that the units of all
velocity-related register, measured in counts/sample will now be
doubled, and all acceleration-related registers, measured in
2
Counts/sample , will be four times larger.
TT1512GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
221
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
158
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
SAMPLE1
MacTalk
Name
(not
present)
159
SAMPLE2
(not
present)
160
SAMPLE3
(not
present)
161
SAMPLE4
(not
present)
162
REC_CNT
(not
present)
163
V_EXT
(not
present)
164
GV_EXT
(not
present)
165
G_FNC
(not
present)
166
FNC_OUT
(not
present)
167
FF_OUT
(not
present)
168
VB_OUT
(not
present)
169
VF_OUT
Actual
torque
170
ANINP
(not
present)
171
ANINP_OFFSET
(not
present)
172
ELDEG_OFFSET
(not
present)
173
PHASE_COMP
(not
present)
174
AMPLITUDE
(not
present)
175
MAN_I_NOM
(not
present)
176
MAN_ALPHA
(not
present)
177
UMEAS
(not
present)
178
I_NOM
(not
present)
179
PHI_SOLL
(not
present)
180
IA_SOLL
(not
present)
181
IB_SOLL
(not
present)
182
IC_SOLL
(not
present)
Range/
Default
Na /
0
Size /
Access
Word /
RW
Unit
Description
-
SAMPLE1..4 controls the scope/sample function.
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
0-511 or
0..2047
/
0
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
-
-
-
Register number, bit field and min/max/average sample
type for the first value in each sample.
Register number, bit field and min/max/average sample
type for the second value in each sample.
Register number, bit field and min/max/average sample
type for the third value in each sample.
Register number, bit field and min/max/average sample
type for the fourth value in each sample.
Index into the sample buffer used for scope functionality.
The length of the sample buffer, and thus the range of this
parameter if determined by bit 23, SBUF_2048, in Reg39,
HW_SETUP. See document/section “YY” for further
information on the sample system.
Unscaled/Raw velocity of external encoder input in pulses
per 1.3ms.
Velocity of external encoder input V_EXT, after being
scaled by the ratio GEARF1/GEARF2
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
TT1513GB
222
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.3
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Reg.
Nr.
183
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
IA_IST
MacTalk
Name
184
IB_IST
(not
present)
185
IC_IST
(not
present)
186
IA_OFFSET
(not
present)
187
IB_OFFSET
(not
present)
188
KIA
(not
present)
189
KIB
(not
present)
190
ELDEG_IST
(not
present)
191
V_ELDEG
(not
present)
192
UA_VAL
(not
present)
193
UB_VAL
(not
present)
194
UC_VAL
(not
present)
195
EMK_A
(not
present)
196
EMK_B
(not
present)
197
EMK_C
(not
present)
198
U_BUS
Bus
voltage
199
U_BUS_OFFSET
(not
present)
200
TC0_CV1
(not
present)
201
TC0_CV2
(not
present)
(not
present)
Range/
Default
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Size /
Access
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Word /
R
Unit
Description
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
<used with motor current loop>
-
-
The actual voltage of the internal DC bus, updated every
100 us. One count corresponds to ~0.888V.
Factory offset used to calibrate the measurement of
Reg198, U_BUS.
<used by JVL only to monitor internal timing´>
-
<used by JVL only to monitor internal timing´>
-
TT1514GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
223
11.3
Reg.
Nr.
202
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
MY_ADDR
MacTalk
Name
(not
present)
Range/
Default
Na /
0
Size /
Access
Word /
RW
Unit
Description
-
The motor address used for the MacTalk protocol. The
motor will respond to telegrams with this address or the
broadcast address 255.
MY_ADDR can also be used for the Modbus protocol if
selected in Reg213, UART1_SETUP:
203
MOTOR_TYPE
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
R
-
204
SERIAL_NUMBER
(not
present)
HW_VERSION
(not
present)
Word /
R
Word /
R
-
205
Na /
0
Na /
0
-
Further, MY_ADDR can be read and used by the fieldbus
modules for CANopen, DeviceNet and Profibus to define
their address on the fieldbus, if not selected by DIPswitches on the MAC00-xx module.
Value read from factory flash memory to identify the type
of motor: 12=MAC400, 13=MAC400B, 14=MAC800,
15=MAC800B.
Value read from factory flash memory to show the JVL
serial number of the motor.
Bits [23:20]: Value read from factory flash memory to
identify the Main version of the bootloader.
Bits [19:16]: Value read from factory flash memory to
identify the Minor version of the bootloader.
Bits [7:4]: Value read from factory flash memory to identify
the Main version of the PCB controller board hardware.
Bits [3:0]: Value read from factory flash memory to identify
the Minor version of the PCB controller board hardware.
206
CHKSUM
(not
present)
Word /
R
Word /
RW
-
(not
present)
Na /
0
Na /
0
207
USEROUTVAL
208
COMM_ERRS
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
209
INDEX_IST
(not
present)
Word /
R
-
210
HW_PLIM
(not
present)
COMMAND_REG
(not
present)
212
UART0_SETUP
213
UART1_SETUP
MacTalk
Baudrate
Serial data
214
EXTENC_BITS
(not
present)
215
INPUT_LEVELS
(not
present)
216
ANINP1
(not
present)
217
ANINP1_OFFSET
(not
present)
218
ANINP2
(not
present)
219
ANINP2_OFFSET
(not
present)
220
ANINP3
(not
present)
221
ANINP3_OFFSET
(not
present)
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
211
0..8191
or
0..7999
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
-
-
The remaining bits are reserved.
Value read from factory flash memory to show the
checksums of the firmware and the bootloader.
The values of bits [1:0] are output to the standard
InPosition and ErrorOut hardware signals if the
corresponding bits [9:8], USER_INPOS and
USER_ERROR, in Reg39, HW_SETUP are set.
Counts the number of communication errors that have
occurred on the MacTalk serial interface. Errors can be
framing errors and protocol data errors.
Actual single-turn position of the internal encoder, valid for
both incremental and absolute encoders.
Hardware position limits – used by the MAC00-FSx
module.
1=Reset, 2=Save to flash and reset,
128..255 = Execute FastMac commands.
0=9600, 1=19200, 2=38400, 3=57600, 4=115200,
5=230400 baud.
This register selects the type of protocol to use on the
Serial Data interface. See section “XX”.
Supports setup of signals used for label dispenser
functionality with the MAC00-B41 module.
-
TT1515GB
224
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.3
Motor registers MAC400 - 3000
Reg.
Nr.
222
Firmware /
MacRegIo Name
IOSETUP
MacTalk
Name
Size /
Access
Word /
RW
Unit
Description
(not
present)
Range/
Default
Na /
0
-
ANOUT1
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
224
ANOUT1_OFFSET
(not
present)
P_OFFSET
(not
present)
226
P_MULTITURN
(not
present)
227
AIFILT_MAXSLOPE
(not
present)
228
AIFILT_FILTFACT
(not
present)
229
P_QUICK
N/A
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
Word /
RW
-
225
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Na /
0
Selects what hardware analogue input signal that goes to
the main ANINP register and controls some filtering/signal
conditioning.
The value written here by the user, or by the firmware, will
be output to the 4-20 mA hardware output on the MAC00P5/P4 modules.
Offset that is added to ANOUT1 before writing to
hardware.
Used to adjust the zero position for absolute multi-turn
encoders.
The full multi-turn position read directly from the absolute
encoder, if mounted.
223
230
XREG_ADDR
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
231
XREG_DATA
(not
present)
Na /
0
Word /
RW
-
-
The actual position of the internal encoder. Much like
P_IST, but updated every 100us. P_IST is updated only
once every 1.3ms (or 2.6 ms for OUTLOOPDIV=2).
Address of extended registers, XREGs.
A positive value will write the contents of Reg231,
XREG_DATA, to that register.
A negative value will cause the value of that XREG to be
writen to XREG_DATA.
After the reading or writing operation has completed,
XREG_ADDR will be set to zero.
The first NN XREGs are used for configuration of the
switchboard for hardware signals that can be routed in
several ways through the FPGA in MAC800 HW 1.8 and
later or MAC400 HW1.? And later.
Data to or from extended registers. See XREG_ADDR for
description
TT1516GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
225
11.4
11.4.1
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Register list for MIS34x and MIS43x.
The following list is only valid for the MIS34x and MIS43x stepper motors.
Please notice: At the Ethernet modules all registers is transmitted as 32 bit.
!
Reg
6
Name
A_SOLL
Size
32bit
Access Range
R/W
1-500,000
Default
1000
Unit
RPM/s2
7
32bit
R/W
0-1533
511
5.87 mA
32bit
R/W
1-65535
500
ms
32bit
R/W
0-1533
128
5.87 mA
10
RUN_
CURRENT
STANDBY_
TIME
STANDBY_
CURRENT
P_IST
32bit
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
-
Steps
The actual position. This value
can be changed at any time.
Actual position
11
12
Reserved
V_IST
32bit
R
-
0.01 RPM
The current velocity.
Actual velocity
13
V_START
32bit
R/W
-3000.00 3000.00
1-3000.00
1.00
0.01 RPM
Start velocity
14
15
16
(GEAR1)
(GEAR2)
ENCODER_
POS
32bit
32bit
32bit
R/W
R/W
R/W
(-215)-(215-1) 1600
(-215)-(215-1) 2000
(-231)-(231-1)
-
The start velocity. The motor will
start the acceleration at this
velocity.
The multiplier of the gear factor
The divider of the gear factor
If the encoder option is installed,
this show the position feedback
from the encoder.
17
Reserved
8
9
Counts
Counts
Steps
Description
The acceleration/decelleraion
ramp to use. If this value is
changed during at movement it
will first be active when the
motor stops or changes direction.
Current to use when the motor is
running.
Number of milliseconds before
changing to standby current.
The standby current.
MacTalk name
Acceleration
Running Current
Standby Time
Standby Current
Output
Input
Encoder position
TT2401-01GB
Reg
6
Name
A_SOLL
Size
32bit
Access Range
R/W
1-500,000
Default
1000
Unit
RPM/s2
7
32bit
R/W
0-1533
511
5.87 mA
32bit
R/W
1-65535
500
ms
32bit
R/W
0-1533
128
5.87 mA
10
RUN_
CURRENT
STANDBY_
TIME
STANDBY_
CURRENT
P_IST
32bit
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
-
Steps
The actual position. This value
can be changed at any time.
Actual position
11
12
Reserved
V_IST
32bit
R
-
0.01 RPM
The current velocity.
Actual velocity
13
V_START
32bit
R/W
-3000.00 3000.00
1-3000.00
1.00
0.01 RPM
Start velocity
14
15
16
(GEAR1)
(GEAR2)
ENCODER_
POS
32bit
32bit
32bit
R/W
R/W
R/W
(-215)-(215-1)
(-215)-(215-1)
(-231)-(231-1)
1600
2000
-
Counts
Counts
Steps
The start velocity. The motor will
start the acceleration at this
velocity.
The multiplier of the gear factor
The divider of the gear factor
If the encoder option is installed,
this show the position feedback
from the encoder.
17
Reserved
8
9
Description
The acceleration/decelleraion
ramp to use. If this value is
changed during at movement it
will first be active when the
motor stops or changes direction.
Current to use when the motor is
running.
Number of milliseconds before
changing to standby current.
The standby current.
MacTalk name
Acceleration
Running Current
Standby Time
Standby Current
Output
Input
Encoder position
TT2401-01GB
226
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.4
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Reg
18
Name
INPUTS
Size
32bit
Access Range
R
-
Default
-
Unit
Special
19
OUTPUTS
32bit
R/W
-
0
Special
20
FLWERR
32bit
R
(-231)-(231-1)
-
Steps
21
22
Reserved
FLWERRMAX
32bit
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
0
Steps
The maximun allowed value in
FLWERR before an error is
triggered. If FLWERRMAX = 0, the
error is disabled.
23
24
Reserved
COMMAND
32bit
R/W
FastMac
commands:
0-127
0
-
Used to issue commands to the
motor. 0-128 is the normal
FastMac commands, where only
a subset is implemented in
SMC85.
NOTE that not all supported
commands are listed here, since
some are only for factory use.
Other:
256-
Description
The current status of the digital
inputs.
The current status of the digital
outputs, can be written to
change the outputs.
When the encoder option is
installed this show encoder
deviation from the calculated
position (P_IST).
(Continued next page)
Reg
Name
Size
Access Range
Default
Unit
25
STATUSBITS
32bit
R
-
Special
-
MacTalk name
“Status bar”
TT2402-01GB
Description
MacTalk name
User Commands:
256:
Activates new
Baudrate
257:
Synkronize position
with encoder
259-266 : Reserved, do not use
267:
Reset
268:
Save in flash and reset
269:
Save in flash and
continue
270-300: Production test, do not
use
321:
Read SSI encoder value
322:
Read SSI encoder value
and convert from Gray
code to binary
Status bits:
Run Status
Bit 0: Reserved
Bit 1: AutoCorrection active
Bit 2: In Physical Position
Bit 3: At veloctiy
Bit 4: In position
Bit 5: Accelerating
Bit 6: Decelerating
Bit 7: Zero search done
Bit 8: PassWord lock
Bit 9: Magnetic encoder error
Bits 10-15: Reserved
TT2403-01GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
227
11.4
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Reg
26
Name
TEMP
Size
32bit
Access
R
Range
Default
-
Unit
-2.27 –
uses offset
Steps
Description
Temperature measured inside
the motor. See the detailed
description for information on
the value scaling.
Negative software position limit
27
28
29
30
31
32
Reserved
MIN_P_IST
Reserved
MAX_P_IST
Reserved
ACC_EMERG
32bit
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
0
32bit
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
32bit
R/W
33
IN_POSITION_ 32bit
WINDOW
34
IN_POSITION_ 32bit
COUNT
Position limit min
0
Steps
Positive software position limit
Position limit max
1-500.000
10.000
RPM/s
Error acceleration
R/W
0-32767
5
Steps
R/W
0-100
0
Counts
Accelearion to use when
performing an emergency stop
when an error has occurred.
Selects how close the internal
encoder position must be to
P_SOLL to set the InPhysicalPosition status bit and prevent
furtherAutoCorrection.
The number of times to attempt
AutoCorrection. A value of zero
disables AutoCorrection.
Description
Error bits:
Bit 0: General error (always set
together with another
error bit)
Bit 1: Follow error
Bit 2: Output driver error
Bit 3: Position Limit error
Bit 4: Low bus voltage error
Bit 5: Over voltage error
Bit 6: Temperature too high
Bit 7: Internal error (Self
diagnotics failed)
Bit 8: Encoder lost position
Bit 9: Reed sensor counting error
Bit 10: No comm. to encoder
Bit 11: External encoder error
Warning bits:
Bit 0: Positive limit active
Bit 1: Negative limit active
Bit 2: Positive limit has been
active
Bit 3: Negative limit has been
active
Bit 4: Low bus voltage
Bit 5: Reserved
Bit 6: Temperature has been
above xx °C
MacTalk name
Errors
Reg
35
Name
ERR_BITS
Size
32bit
Access
R/W
36
WARN_BITS
32bit
R/W
Range
Default
0
Unit
Special
0
Special
MacTalk name
Temperature
TT2404-01GB
Warnings
TT2405-01GB
228
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.4
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Reg
37
Name
STARTMODE
Size
32bit
Access
R/W
Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Default
0
Unit
-
38
P_HOME
32bit
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
0
Steps
39
40
Reserved
V_HOME
32bit
R/W
-3000.003000.00
-50
0.01 RPM
41
42
T_HOME
HOMEMODE
32bit
32bit
R/W
R/W
0,13,14
0
-
43
44
45
46
P_REG_P
V_REG_P
A_REG_P
AbsEncPos
32bit
32bit
32bit
32bit
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
1-8
1-8
1-4
0..409600
0
0
0
0
Steps
47
EXTENCODER
32bit
R
(-215)-(215-1)
0
Counts
48
4964
Reserved
Pn
32bit
32bit
R/W
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
0
Steps
Reg
6572
7376
7780
8188
Name
Vn
Size
32bit
Access
R/W
Range
0-3000.00
An
32bit
R/W
1-500,000
Tn
32bit
R/W
0-1533
Analog
Filtered
32bit
R
8996
AnalogInput
32bit
97
98
99
BUSVOL
MIN_BUSVOL
ENCODER_
TYPE
AFZUP_Write
Bits
100
Description
The motor will change to this
mode after powerup. This is also
the mode that is used after a zero
search is completed.
See MODE_REG for a list of
possible modes.
The found zero point is offset
with this value.
MacTalk name
Startup mode
The velocity to use during zero
search. Set a negative velocity to
search in the negativ direction.
Select the zero search that
should start on powerup.
Planned - Not supported yet!
Planned - Not supported yet!
Planned - Not supported yet!
The position last read from the
internal magnetic encoder. This is
the absolute single-turn position.
The value from an external
encoder, eg. SSI.
8 Position registers.
Zero search
velocity
Zero search
position
Zero search mode
SSI Encoder value
Position n (Pn)
TT2406-01GB
Default
Unit
0.01 RPM
Description
8 Velocity registers
MacTalk name
Velocity n (Vn)
RPM/s2
4 Acceleration registers
Acceleration n (An)
511
5.87 mA
4 Run current registers
Current n (Tn)
0-4095
0
1.221 mV
N/A
R
0-4095
-
1.221 mV
32bit
32bit
32bit
R
R/W
R
0-4095
0-4095
0-10
15
-
26.525 mV
26.525 mV
-
The voltage on inputs 1 to 8 after
being filtered in firmware. See
the AFZUP_xxx registers for filter
parameters.
5V is equal to a value of 4095.
Filtered values planned but not
supported yet!
The unfiltered voltage on inputs 1
to 8.
5V is equal to a value of 4095.
Bus voltage
Trigger point for under voltage
Internal encoder resolution
32bit
R/W
-
0
Special
Bits 0.7: Bitmask for which of the
analog inputs that will use the
current value of the
ConfMin/Max, MaxSlope and
Filter registers. Bit 15: Set when
values have been copied and
used.
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
N/A
Bus voltage
Min bus voltage
“Tooltip on motor”
N/A – handled on
the Filter Setup
screen.
TT2407-01GB
229
11.4
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Reg
101
Name
AFZUP_
ReadIndex
Size
32bit
Access
R/W
Range
0, 1-8, 3276832775
Default
0
Unit
Special
102
32bit
R/W
0-4094
0
1.221 mV
32bit
R/W
1-4095
4095
1.221 mV
32bit
R/W
2-4095
4095
1.221 mV
105
AFZUP_Conf
Min
AFZUP_Conf
Max
AFZUP_
MaxSlope
AFZUP_Filter
32bit
R/W
1-64
64
64th of new
sample
106
FilterStatus
32bit
R
0-65535
0
107
SSI_Setup1
32bit
R/W
-
-
103
104
Special
Description
Bits 0-7: Index (1-8) of the analog
input whose ConfMin/Max,
MaxSlope and filter values to
load into the corresponding
AFZUO_xxx registers (for readback). Bit 15 gets set after the
registers have been updated.
Minimum confidence limit for
analog inputs.
Maximum confidence limit for
analog inputs.
Maximum slope limit for analog
inputs.
Filter value for analog inputs.
MacTalk name
N/A – handled on
the Filter Setup
screen.
Confidence Min
Confidence Max
Max Slope
Filter (on the Filter
Setup screen)
Individual status bits for 50% of
N/A (shown
samples outside confidence limits graphically)
(high 8 bits) and 50% of samples
violated the slope limit. (low 8
bits)
SSI setup bits:
SSI Encoder setup
Bit 0-4: No. of data bits
Bit 5-7: No. of samples
Bit 8-15: SSI clk. frequency
Bit 16-28: Max. sample deviation
Bit 29-31: Read retries
TT2408-01GB
Reg
108
Name
PulseDirMask
109
Size
32bit
Access Range
R/W
0-65535
Default
0
Unit
Bitmask
PulseDirMode 32bit
R/W
0-2
0
-
110
SettlingTime
32bit
R/W
0-32676
0
ms
111
SSI_Setup2
32bit
R/W
-
-
Special
112
115
SAMPLE1-4
32bit
R/W
-
0
-
Description
Bits 0-7: Outputs for Pulse out.
Bits 8-15: Outputs for Direction
out.
Register 109, PulseDirMode,
enables these outputs in modes 1
and 2.
NOT supported in SMC85 yet!
Selects if the pulse and direction
signals should be used only
internally in the motor (0),
externally only (1) or both
internally and externally (2).
Enables register 108,
PulseDirMask.
NOT supported in SMC85 yet!
Number of milliseconds to wait
after an AutoCorrection attempt
before testing for the position
being within the target window.
AutoCorrection not supported in
SMC85 yet!
SSI setup bits:
Bit 0-7: Prepare time
Bit 8: Gray to bin conversion
Select what register(s) to sample
– part of the sample/scope
function.
MacTalk name
Pulse signal
Direction signal
Pulse/Direction
mode
Settling time
between retries
SSI Encoder setup
N/A
TT2409-01GB
230
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.4
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Reg
116
Name
REC_CNT
Size
32bit
Access Range
R/W
-
Default
0
Unit
-
117
S_TIME
32bit
R/W
-
1
ms
118
S_CONTROL
32bit
R/W
-
0
-
119
(BUF_SIZE)
32bit
R
-
-
-
120
INDEX_
OFFSET
32bit
R
0-1599
-
Steps
121
122
Reserved
Zero_Search_
BITS
32bit
32bit
R/W
-
0
Special
123
ERR_ACTION
32bit
R/W
-
-
-
Description
Number of samples to make –
part of the scope/sample
function.
Sampletime – part of the
scope/sample function.
Controls the scope/sample
system.
The number of samples the
buffer can hold.
Planned – but not supported yet!
The position of the zero sensor
relative to the encoder index.
This is set after a zero search
where the index is used.
MacTalk name
N/A
Bits to control Zero Search:
Bit 0: Search for index.
Bit 1: Change direction on limit.
Bit 2: Search for opposite side of
sensor.
Bit 3: Not available at MIS34x
Bit 4: Ignore switch (Used for
searching only for index).
Reserved
Advanced – Zero
search
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tests -
N/A
TT2410-01GB
Reg
124
125
Name
SETUP_BITS
IOSETUP
Size
32bit
32bit
Access Range
R/W
-
R/W
-
Default
0
0
Unit
Special
Special
Description
Bit 0: Invert direction.
Bit 1: Don’t start program after
power up.
Bit 2-3: Encoder input type
Bit 4: Enable DSP 402 support
Bit 5: Synchronize to encoder
after passive
Bit 6: In phys. Position
Bit 7: Encoder A out
Bit 8: Encoder B out
Bit 9: Encoder I out
Bit 10: Transfer encoder to P_IST
Bit 11: Multiturn
Bit 12: KeepExtEncoder
Bit 13: KeepSSIValue
Bit 14: Use Beckhoff
Bit 16: ExtEncoderDirection
Bit 17: Disable Error on Travel
limit
Bit 0-7 sets the I/O active level.
Bit 8-15 enables the I/O as an
output.
MacTalk name
0: Invert motor
direction
1: Don’t start
program after
power up
2-3: 0 = Disabled, 1
= Quadrature, 2 =
Puls/direction
17: No error if
position limit is
detected
Inputs/Outputs
TT2411-01GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
231
11.4
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Reg
126
Name
(TURNTAB_
MODE)
Size
32bit
Access Range
R/W
-
Default
0
Unit
Special
127
(TURNTAB_
SIZE)
32bit
R/W
-
0
Steps
128
129
Reserved
(NL_MASK)
32bit
R/W
-
0
IO Mask
130
(PL_MASK)
32bit
R/W
-
0
IO Mask
131
132
(SON_MASK)
HOME_MASK
32bit
32bit
R/W
R/W
-
0
0
IO Mask
133
134
Reserved
-
-
-
-
-
Description
Configures the motor to operate
in one of three Turn Table
modes: 0=disabled (linear
position), 1=Only move in
positive direction, 2=Only move
in negative direction, 3=Take
shortest route. Enables Register
127.
Size of the Turn Table when in
turntable mode, enabled by
register 126.
MacTalk name
Turn table – mode
Input mask for Negative limit
input.
Input mask for Positive limit
input.
Input mask for home sensor
input(s), each bit set select which
I/O 1-8 to use.
-
Dedicated inputs Negative limit input
Dedicated inputs Positive limit input
Turn table - size
Dedicated inputs Home input
TT2412-01GB
Reg
135
Name
INPUT_FILTER
_MASK
Size
32bit
Access
R/W
Range
-
Default
0
Unit
IO Mask
136
INPUT_FILTER
_CNT
32bit
R/W
-
5
ms
137
INPOS_MASK
32bit
R/W
-
0
IO Mask
138
ERROR_MASK
32bit
R/W
-
0
IO Mask
139
32-bit
R/W
32-bit
R/W
32-bit
R/W
142
143
144
ResurOkVoltage
ResurOkCount
ResurSaveVoltage
ResurInput
CviVoltage
P_NEW
32-bit
32-bit32bit
R/W
R
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
0
Counts
145
Reserved
140
141
Description
Input mask for the digital inputs
with input filter. Bits set use the
input filter time in register 136,
bits clear use a fixed update time
of 100 us.
The number of milliseconds the
filtered digital inputs must be
stable before accepting a change.
Output mask for In position
output
Output mask for error output.
MacTalk name
IOx digital input
filter enabled
Input filter time
Dedicated outputs In position
Dedicated outputs Error
Used with FastMac commands 23 N/A
and 24 for changing both the
actual and requested position in
one operation either absolute or
relative.
TT2413-01GB
232
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.4
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Reg
146
Name
BAUD_RATE
Size
32bit
Access Range
R/W
0-5
Default
1
Unit
-
147
(TX_DELAY)
32bit
R/W
1-255
15
Bits
148
(GROUP_ID)
32bit
R/W
0-255
149
(GROUP_SEQ)
32bit
R
0-255
150
MY_ADDR
32bit
R/W
0-254
-
-
-
-
Description
The baud rate on the serial port.
0 : 9600 baud
1 : 19200 baud (default)
2 : 38400 baud
3 : 57600 baud
4 : 115200 baud
5 : 230400 baud
6 : 460800 baud
7 : 921600 baud
The time to wait before the
response is transmitted. The unit
corresponds to the time of one
bit at the current baud rate.
The group id of the motor – used
for the GroupWrite telegram on
the MacTalk protocol.
GroupWrite not supported on
SMC85 yet.
The last received group write
sequence – part of the MacTalk
serial protocol.
GroupWrite not yet supported on
SMC85.
The motor address. Used on the
MacTalk serial protocol.
MacTalk name
Baud rate
Transmit delay
Group Id
N/A
Motor address
TT2414-01GB
Reg
151
Name
MOTORTYPE
Size
32bit
Access
R
Range
80-83
Default
Unit
-
152
SERIALNUMBER
Reserved
CHECKSUM
Reserved
HARDWARE_
REV
MAX_
VOLTAGE
MAX_
CURRENT
32bit
R
-
-
-
32bit
R
0-65535
-
Firmware checksum
32bit
R
0-65535
-
32bit
R
0-100 [VDC]
0-9000
[mARMS]
*
158
(AVAIBLE_IO)
32bit
R
-
-
159
BOOTLOADER
_VER
NOTSAVED
32bit
R
0-65535
-
32bit
R/W
0-65535
0
Major*16 + The revision of the hardware
Minor
Volt
Bit 15..0: Max voltage on bus
If the bus voltage exceeeds this
value, the motor will go in error.
Bit 31..16: Full scale motor
current in mARMS
IO Mask
Defines what IO that are avaible
on the connector – programmed
during manufacturing.
Major*16 + The version of the bootloader
Minor
This register is not used
internally, but will always be 0
after power-on. Please notice
that MacTalk uses this register.
153
154
155
156
157
160
Description
The motor type.
80: SMC85
81: MIS340
82: MIS341
83: MIS342
The serial number of the motor.
MacTalk name
“Status bar”
“Status bar”
“Tooltip on motor”
“Tooltip on motor”
N/A
“Tooltip on motor”
N/A
TT2415-01GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
233
11.4
Reg
161
164
165
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Name
Reserved
Size
Access
Range
Default
Unit
Description
MacTalk name
OPTIONS_
BITS
32bit
R
0-65535
-
-
This register contains information “Tooltip on motor”
about what options that are
available. Bit 0-7 defines the
options available in the hardware
(or licensed). Bit 8-15 defines the
options available in the firmware.
Bit 0,8 : CANopen fieldbus
Bit 1,9 : DeviceNet fieldbus
166
167
FBUS_
NODEID
FBUS_BAUD
32bit
R/W
0-255
5
-
32bit
R/W
0-8
2
-
The nodeid on the CANopen
fieldbus interface.
The baudrate used on the
CANopen fieldbus interface.
0 : 1000 kbit/s
1 : 800 kbit/s (unsupported)
2 : 500 kbit/s
3 : 250 kbit/s
4 : 125 kbit/s
5 : 100 kbit/s
6 : 50 kbit/s
7 : 20 kbit/s
8 : 10 kbit/s
Fieldbus – Node Id
Fieldbus – Baud
rate
TT2416-01GB
Reg
168
Name
ModuleType
Size
32bit
Access Range
R
0
Default
0
Unit
-
169
170
Reserved
EXT_
ENCODER
32bit
32bit
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
-
Counts
171
172
Reserved
EXT_
ENCODER_
VEL
32bit
R
(-215)-(215-1)
-
Counts/16
ms
Description
MacTalk name
Tells which type of module is
connected to the 1Mbit/s
Modbus channel. 0=No module
External encoder
This register counts the encoder
input on IN1+IN2. The type of
input is selected with SETUP_BITS
bit 2+3.
This register is updated with the
velocity of the external encoder
input. The velocity is measured
every 16ms.
External encoder
Velocity
TT2417-01GB
234
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
11.4
Reg
Motor registers MIS34x & 43x
Name
Size
Access Range
Default
Unit
Description
MacTalk name
The following parameters are only avaible when the CanOpen option is installed and only used for DSP-402
NOTE: CANopen, and thus also DSP-402 is NOT supported in SMC85 yet!
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
ControlWord
StatusWord
ModeOfOperation
ModeOfOper
ationDisplay
TargetPosition
Reserved
ActualPosition
Reserved
TargetVelocity
Reserved
ActualVelocity
Reserved
DigitalOutputs
Reserved
DigitalInput
32bit
32bit
32bit
R/W
R
R/W
0-65535
0-65535
0-255
0
0
0
-
Object 6040 subindex 0
Object 6041 subindex 0
Object 6060 subindex 0
32bit
R
0-255
0
-
Object 6061 subindex 0
32bit
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
0
-
Object 607A subindex 0
32bit
R
(-231)-(231-1)
0
-
Object 6064 subindex 0
32bit
R/W
(-231)-(231-1)
0
-
Object 60FF subindex 0
32bit
R
(-231)-(231-1)
0
-
Object 606C subindex 0
32bit
R/W
0-65535
0
-
Object 60FE subindex 1
(Low 16bit)
32bit
R
0-65535
0
-
Object 60FD subindex 1
(Low 16bit)
TT2418-01GB
Reg Name
195 Reserved
201
Other registers
202 TICKS
Size
32bit
Access
Range
Default
Unit
Description
MacTalk name
Increments at a fixed rate of one
count per millisecond. Starts at
zero after the motor has been
reset
TT2419-01GB
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
235
236
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
12
Index
A
AIN 18
Air Cylinder mode 18
Analogue Input
AIN 18
C
Cables 24
Connectors 19–25
M12 20–25
E
Error output 8
Expansion modules
MAC00-B1/B2/B4 9, 15, 17–21, 23–24
F
Features 8
G
GND 19, 21
Grounding 19–20, 22
I
In position output 8
Inputs
See also AIN
Multifunction I/O 9, 15–16, 21
Pulse inputs 15–16
Introduction
Features 8
IP67 24–25
M
M12 20–25
MAC00-B1/B2/B4 Expansion
Modules 9, 15, 17–21, 23–24
General analogue input (AIN) 18
General hardware aspects 14
MAC00-B4 cables 24
Power supply 17
MacTalk 19
Main Features 8
R
RS232 19
Z
Zero search 18, 21
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors
237
12
238
Index
JVL Industri Elektronik A/S - User Manual - Ethernet for MAC and MIS motors